Amino-5-(5-membered)hetero-arylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for β-secretase modulation

ABSTRACT

The present invention provides a 2-amino-5-heteroaryl-5-phenylimidazolone compound of formula I 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     The present invention also provides methods for the use thereof to inhibit β-secretase (BACE) and treat β-amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles.

This application is a divisional application of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/478,122, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/695,353, filed Jun. 30, 2005, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

β-Amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles are two major pathologic characterizations associated with Alzheimer's disease (AD). Clinically, AD is characterized by the of loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment, and orientation. Also affected, as the disease progresses, are motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities until global impairment of multiple cognitive functions occurs. These cognitive losses take place gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in 4-12 years.

Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of patients with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders. Neurofibrillary tangles also occur in other neurodegenerative disorders including dementia-inducing disorders (Varghese, J., et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2003, 46, 4625-4630).

β-amyloid deposits are predominately an aggregate of Aβ peptide, which in turn is a product of the proteolysis of amyloid precursor protein (APP). More specifically, Aβ peptide results from the cleavage of APP at the C-terminus by one or more γ-secretases, and at the N-terminus by β-secretase enzyme (BACE), also known as aspartyl protease, as part of the β-amyloidogenic pathway.

BACE activity is correlated directly to the generation of Aβ peptide from APP (Sinha, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537-540), and studies increasingly indicate that the inhibition of BACE inhibits the production of Aβ peptide (Roberds, S. L., et al, Human Molecular Genetics, 2001, 10, 1317-1324).

Therefore, it is an object of this invention to provide compounds which are inhibitors of β-secretase and are useful as therapeutic agents in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient.

It is another object of this invention to provide therapeutic methods and pharmaceutical compositions useful for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient.

It is a feature of this invention that the compounds provided may also be useful to further study and elucidate the β-secretase enzyme.

These and other objects and features of the invention will become more apparent by the detailed description set forth hereinbelow.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides a compound of formula I

wherein W is CO, CS or CH₂;

-   -   X is N, NR, NO, S, SO_(m), O or CR₉;     -   Y is N, NR, NO, S, SO_(m), O or CR₁₀;     -   Z is C, N, NR, NO, S, SO_(m), O, CR₁₁ or CR₁₁R₁₂ with the         proviso that at least one of X, Y or Z must be N, NR, NO, S,         SO_(m) or O;     -   m is 1 or 2;     -   R is H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each         optionally substituted;     -   R₁ and R₂ are each independently H, COR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅ or an         optionally substituted C₁-C₄alkyl group;     -   R₃ is H, OR₁₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each         optionally substituted;     -   R₄, R₅, R₉ and R₁₀ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN,         OR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅, COR₁₆, NR₁₇R₁₈, SO_(p)NR₁₉R₂₀ or a C₁-C₆alkyl,         C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl         group each optionally substituted;     -   R₆ and R₈ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₁,         NR₂₂R₂₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally         substituted;     -   R₇ is H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₄, NR₂₅R₂₆ or a C₁-C₆alkyl,         C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl,         aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted;     -   R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₁, R₂₄, R₂₇, R₂₈ and R₂₉ are         each independently H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl,         C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or         aryl group each optionally substituted;     -   R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₃₀, R₃₁, R₃₂ and R₃₃         are each independently H, COR₃₄, SO_(p)R₃₅ or a C₁-C₄alkyl,         C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl,         aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted or R₁₇,         R₁₈; or R₁₉, R₂₀, or R₂₂, R₂₃, or R₂₅, R₂₆, or R₃₀, R₃₁, or R₃₂,         R₃₃ may be taken together with the atom to which they are         attached to form an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered ring         optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O,         N or S;     -   R₃₄ is H, or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or         heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; and     -   R₃₅ is a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,         C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each         optionally substituted; or         a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically         acceptable salt thereof.

The present invention also relates to the use of the formula I amino-5-heteroaryl-imidazolone compound for the treatment of β-amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles. The compound of the invention is particularly useful for treating Alzheimer's disease, cognitive impairment, Down's Syndrome, HCHWA-D, cognitive decline, senile dementia, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementia, or other neurodegenerative disorders.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a major degenerative disease of the brain which presents clinically by progressive loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgement and emotional stability and gradually leads to profound mental deterioration and death. The exact cause of AD is unknown, but increasing evidence indicates that amyloid beta peptide (A-beta) plays a central role in the pathogenesis of the disease. (D. B. Schenk; R. E. Rydel et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1995, 21, 4141 and D. J. Selkoe, Physiology Review, 2001, 81, 741). Patients with AD exhibit characteristic neuropathological markers such as neuritic plaques (and in β-amyloid angiopathy, deposits in cerebral blood vessels) as well as neurofibrillary tangles detected in the brain at autopsy. A-beta is a major component of neuritic plaques in AD brains. In addition, β-amyloid deposits and vascular β-amyloid angiopathy also characterize individuals with Downs Syndrome, Hereditary Cerebral Hemmorhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch type and other neurodegenerative and dementia-inducing disorders. Overexpression of the amyloid precursor protein (APP), altered cleavage of APP to A-beta or a decrease in the clearance of A-beta from a patient's brain may increase the levels of soluble or fibrullar forms of A-beta in the brain. The β-site APP cleaving enzyme, BACE1, also called memapsin-2 or Asp-2, was identified in 1999 (R. Vassar, B. D. Bennett, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537). BACE1 is a membrane-bound aspartic protease with all the known functional properties and characteristics of β-secretase. Low molecular weight, non-peptide, non-substrate-related inhibitors of BACE1 or β-secretase are earnestly sought both as an aid in the study of the β-secretase enzyme and as potential therapeutic agents.

Surprisingly, it has now been found that amino-5-heteroarylimidazolone compounds of formula I demonstrate inhibition of β-secretase and the selective inhibition of BACE1. Advantageously, said heteroarlyimidazolone compounds may be used as effective therapeutic agents for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient. Accordingly, the present invention provides an amino-pyridine compound of formula I

wherein W is CO, CS or CH₂;

-   -   X is N, NR, NO, S, SO_(m), O or CR₉;     -   Y is N, NR, NO, S, SO_(m), O or CR₁₀;     -   Z is C, N, NR, NO, S, SO_(m), O, CR₁₁ or CR₁₁R₁₂ with the         proviso that at least one of X, Y or Z must be N, NR, NO, S,         SO_(m) or O;     -   m is 1 or 2;     -   R is H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each         optionally substituted;     -   R₁ and R₂ are each independently H, COR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅ or an         optionally substituted C₁-C₄alkyl group;     -   R₃ is H, OR₁₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each         optionally substituted;     -   R₄, R₅, R₉ and R₁₀ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN,         OR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅, COR₁₆, NR₁₇R₁₈, SO_(p)NR₁₉R₂₀ or a C₁-C₆alkyl,         C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl         group each optionally substituted;     -   R₆ and R₈ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₁,         NR₂₂R₂₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally         substituted;     -   R₇ is H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₄, NR₂₅R₂₆ or a C₁-C₆alkyl,         C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl,         aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted;     -   R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₁, R₂₄, R₂₇, R₂₈ and R₂₉ are         each independently H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl,         C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or         aryl group each optionally substituted;     -   R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₃₀, R₃₁, R₃₂ and R₃₃         are each independently H, COR₃₄, SO_(p)R₃₅ or a C₁-C₄alkyl,         C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl,         aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted or R₁₇,         R₁₈; or R₁₉, R₂₀, or R₂₂, R₂₃, or R₂₅, R₂₆, or R₃₀, R₃₁, or R₃₂,         R₃₃ may be taken together with the atom to which they are         attached to form an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered ring         optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O,         N or S;     -   R₃₄ is H, or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl,         C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or         heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; and     -   R₃₅ is a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl,         C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each         optionally substituted; or         a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically         acceptable salt thereof.

It is understood that the claims encompass all possible stereoisomers and prodrugs. Moreover, unless stated otherwise, each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group is contemplated as being optionally substituted.

An optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more substituents. The substituent groups which are optionally present may be one or more of those customarily employed in the development of pharmaceutical compounds or the modification of such compounds to influence their structure/activity, persistence, absorption, stability or other beneficial property. Specific examples of such substituents include halogen atoms, nitro, cyano, thiocyanato, cyanato, hydroxyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, formyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxyl, alkanoyl, alkylthio, alkylsuphinyl, alkylsulphonyl, carbamoyl, alkylamido, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl groups, preferably halogen atoms or lower alkyl or lower alkoxy groups. Unless otherwise specified, typically, 0-4 substituents may be present. When any of the foregoing substituents represents or contains an alkyl substituent group, this may be linear or branched and may contain up to 12 carbon atoms, preferably up to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably up to 4 carbon atoms.

As used herein, the term “alkyl” includes both (C₁-C₁₀) straight chain and (C₃-C₁₂) branched-chain (unless defined otherwise) monovalent saturated hydrocarbon moiety. Examples of saturated hydrocarbon alkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl; higher homologs such as n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like. Specifically included within the definition of “alkyl” are those alkyl groups that are optionally substituted. Suitable alkyl substitutions include, but are not limited to, CN, OH, halogen, phenyl, carbamoyl, carbonyl, alkoxy or aryloxy.

As used herein the term “haloalkyl” designates a C_(n)H_(2n+1) group having from one to 2n+1 halogen atoms which may be the same or different. Examples of haloalkyl groups include CF₃, CH₂C₁, C₂H₃BrCl, C₃H₅F₂, or the like.

The term “alkenyl”, as used herein, refers to either a (C₂-C₈) straight chain or (C₃-C₁₀) branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon moiety containing at least one double bond. Such hydrocarbon alkenyl moieties may be mono or polyunsaturated, and may exist in the E or Z configurations. The compounds of this invention are meant to include all possible E and Z configurations. Examples of mono or polyunsaturated hydrocarbon alkenyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, isopropenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, butadienyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), and higher homologs, isomers, or the like.

The term “cycloalkyl”, as used herein, refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, fused, bridged, or spiro monovalent saturated hydrocarbon moiety of 3-10 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified, wherein the carbon atoms are located inside or outside of the ring system. Any suitable ring position of the cycloalkyl moiety may be covalently linked to the defined chemical structure. Examples of cycloalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, and homologs, isomers, or the like.

The term “cycloheteroalkyl” as used herein designates a C₅-C₇cycloalkyl ring system containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, selected from N, O or S and optionally containing one double bond. Exemplary of the cycloheteroalkyl ring systems included in the term as designated herein are the following rings wherein X₁ is NR′, O or S and R is H or an optional substituent as defined hereinbelow.

The term “aryl”, as used herein, refers to an aromatic carbocyclic moiety of up to 20 carbon atoms, which may be a single ring (monocyclic) or multiple rings (bicyclic, up to three rings) fused together or linked covalently. Any suitable ring position of the aryl moiety may be covalently linked to the defined chemical structure. Examples of aryl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, biphenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, indanyl, biphenylenyl, acenaphthenyl, acenaphthylenyl, and the like. The term “aryl” further includes both unsubstituted carbocylic groups and carbocylic groups containing 1-5-substitutions.

The term “heteroaryl” as used herein means an aromatic heterocyclic ring system, which may be a single ring (monocyclic) or multiple rings (bicyclic, up to three rings) fused together or linked covalently. Preferably, heteroaryl is a 5- to 6-membered ring. The rings may contain from one to four hetero atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the nitrogen or sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized, or the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized. Any suitable ring position of the heteroaryl moiety may be covalently linked to the defined chemical structure. Examples of heteroaryl moieties include, but are not limited to, heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, pyrazole, N-methylpyrazole, imidazole, N-methylimidazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 1H-tetrazole, 1-methyltetrazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1H-1,2,4-triazole, 1-methyl-1,2,4-triazole 1,3,4-triazole, 1-methyl-1,3,4-triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzothiazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, thianthrene, dibenzo[b,d]furan, dibenzo[b,d]thiophene, benzimidazole, N-methylbenzimidazole, indole, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, purine, pteridine, 9H-carbazole, α-carboline, or the like.

The term “halogen”, as used herein, designates fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.

The compounds of the present invention may be converted to salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts using art recognized procedures. Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono-, di- or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl-tert-butyl-, diethyl-, diisopropyl-, triethyl-, tributyl- or dimethylpropylamine, or a mono-, di-, or trihydroxy lower alkylamine, for example mono-, di- or triethanolamine. Internal salts may furthermore be formed. Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses but which can be employed, for example, for the isolation or purification of free compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are also included. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt”, as used herein, refers to salts derived form organic and inorganic acids such as, for example, acetic, propionic, lactic, citric, tartaric, succinic, fumaric, maleic, malonic, mandelic, malic, phthalic, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, nitric, sulfuric, methanesulfonic, napthalenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, camphorsulfonic, and similarly known acceptable acids when a compound of this invention contains a basic moiety. Salts may also be formed from organic and inorganic bases, preferably alkali metal salts, for example, sodium, lithium, or potassium, when a compound of this invention contains a carboxylate or phenolic moiety, or similar moiety capable of forming base addition salts.

Compounds of the invention may exist as one or more tautomers. One skilled in the art will recognize that compounds of formula I may also exist as the tautomer It as shown below.

Tautomereric formula I compounds also include those compounds shown below as Ita, Itb and Itc.

Tautomers often exist in equilibrium with each other. As these tautomers interconvert under environmental and physiological conditions, they provide the same useful biological effects. The present invention includes mixtures of such tautomers as well as the individual tautomers, for example the compounds of Formulas I, It, Ita, Itb and the like.

The compounds of this invention may contain an asymmetric carbon atom and some of the compounds of this invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to optical isomers and diastereomers. While shown without respect to stereochemistry in Formula I, the present invention includes such optical isomers and diastereomers; as well as the racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure R and S stereoisomers; as well as other mixtures of the R and S stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Where a stereoisomer is preferred, it may in some embodiments be provided substantially free of the corresponding enantiomer. Thus, an enantiomer substantially free of the corresponding enantiomer refers to a compound that is isolated or separated via separation techniques or prepared free of the corresponding enantiomer. “Substantially free”, as used herein, means that the compound is made up of a significantly greater proportion of one steriosomer, preferably less than about 50%, more preferably less than about 75%, and even more preferably less than about 90%.

Examples of X, Y and Z respectively include: CH, CH and NR; (eg., pyrrol-2-yl or pyrrol-3-yl and such groups N-substituted); S, CH and CH; (eg., thien-2-yl or -3-yl); N, NR and C (eg., the group is bonded via Z, such as N-alkylpyrazol-4-yl); CH, S and N (eg, thiazolyl); which rings are optionally substituted by R₄ and R₅.

Preferred compounds of formula I are those compounds wherein W is CO; X is CR₉; Y is CR₁₀ and Z is NR or S. Another group of preferred compounds are those compounds of formula I wherein W is CO; X is N; Y is NR and Z is CR₁₁R₁₂. Also preferred are those compounds of formula I wherein R₇ is phenyl or heteroaryl.

More preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula I wherein W is CO; X is CR₉; Y is CR₁₀; Z is NR or S; R is H or C₁-C₄alkyl and R₄ is CN or COR₁₆. Another group of more preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula I wherein W is CO; X is N; Y is NR and Z is CR₁₁R₁₂; and R₇ is phenyl or heteroaryl. A further group of more preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula I wherein W is CO; X is CR₉; Y is CR₁₀; Z is NR; R is H or C₁-C₄alkyl; R₄ is COR₁₆; R₇ is phenyl or heteroaryl; R₁ and R₂ are H; and R₃ is methyl.

Preferred compounds of the invention include:

-   (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   (5S)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-pyridin-3-ylphenyl)-5-thien-2-yl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-pyridin-3-ylphenyl)-5-thien-3-yl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(2′,5′-difluoro-1,1′-biphenyl-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-thien-2-yl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(2′,5′-difluoro-1,1′-biphenyl-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-thien-3-yl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[3-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-(5-butylthien-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-[(4S)-2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-[(4R)-2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-{2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-{2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-{2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   isopropyl     4-{2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   methyl     4-{(4S)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   methyl     4-{(4R)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   4-{2-amino-4-[4-ethoxy-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-N-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide;     isopropyl     4-[2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-butyramide; -   N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-propionamide; -   N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-acetamide; -   2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-propoxyphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-[3-(pentyloxy)phenyl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-[3-(3,3-dimethylbutoxy)phenyl]-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoroethoxy)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-(3-butoxyphenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-[3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl]-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-(3-isobutoxyphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   4-{3-[2-Amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-H-imidazol-4-yl]phenoxy}butanenitrile; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(3-methylbutyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[1-(3-fluoropropyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   (5R)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   5-(5-Acetyl-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   Methyl     4-{(4S)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-{(4R)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-N-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-N,1-diethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-N-propyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-N-butyl-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-N-isopropyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-N-cyclopentyl-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-N,N-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-N-(4-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide; -   (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   Methyl     4-{(4S)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   (5S)-5-(5-Acetyl-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-{2-amino-4-[3-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(2′,5′-difluorobiphenyl-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(3′,5′-difluorobiphenyl-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(3′-cyanobiphenyl-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(5′-cyano-2′-fluorobiphenyl-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(3′-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-{2-amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-[3′-(trifluoromethoxy)biphenyl-3-yl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-[2-amino-4-(3′,4′-difluorobiphenyl-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   Methyl     4-{2-amino-4-[3-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; -   4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-[2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-[2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-[2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile; -   5-(5-Acetyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde; -   4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde; -   4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde; -   4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde; -   2-Amino-5-[5-[(diethylamino)methyl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-{1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-[(isopropylamino)methyl]-1H-pyrrol-3-yl}-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[5-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[5-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(1-hydroxypropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   4-{2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde     O-methyloxime hydrochloride; -   2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   (5S)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   (5R)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(3′-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(3′,5′-difluorobiphenyl-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(3′-chloro-4′-fluorobiphenyl-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   3′-{2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; -   2-Amino-5-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; -   2-Amino-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one;     or a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically     acceptable salt thereof.

Compounds of the invention may be prepared employing conventional methods that utilize readily available reagents and starting materials. The reagents used in the preparation of the compounds of this invention can be either commercially obtained or can be prepared by standard procedures described in the literature. Representative compounds of the present invention can be prepared using the following synthetic schemes. The skilled practitioner will know how to make use of variants of these reaction sequences, which in themselves are well known in the art. For example, compounds of formula I wherein W is CO (Ia) may be prepared by reacting a diketone of formula II with an aminoguanidine derivative of formula III in the presence of a base such as a metal carbonate to give the desired formula Ia compound. The reaction is shown in flow diagram I.

Diketone compounds of formula II may be prepared by reacting an alkyne of formula IV with an oxidizing agent such as Pd(II)CI/DMSO, N-bromosuccinimide/DMSO, ozone, sodium periodate with ruthenium (IV) oxide hydrate, sulfur trioxide, KMnO₄, I₂/DMSO, or combinations thereof, preferable KMnO₄ and I₂/DMSO, The reaction is shown in flow diagram II.

Alkyne compounds of formula IV may be prepared by reacting an aryl compound of formula V wherein L is a leaving group such as Br, I or trifluoromethanesulfonate with a protected acetylene compound of formula VI wherein P is a protecting group such as triaryl(alkyl)silyl or hydroydialkyl(aryl)silyl to give the protected arylalkyne of formula VII; deprotecting the formula VII compound to give the compound of formula VIII using a deprotecting reagent such as a metal or ammonium fluoride, a metal carbonate, for example cesium carbonate or potassium carbonate or a metal hydroxide; and reacting the formula VIII alkyne with a heteroaryl compound of formula IX wherein L represents a leaving group as described hereinabove to give the desired alkyne compound of formula IV. Similarly, compounds of formula IV may be prepared by reversing the order of the coupling the aryl and heteroaryl groups. The reactions are shown in flow diagram III.

Alternatively, compounds of formula I wherein R₇ is aryl or heteroaryl (Ia) may be prepared following the formation of the hydantoin ring by coupling the appropriate hydantoin compound of formula X with an aryl or heteroaryl boronic acid of formula XI to give the desired compounds of formula Ia. The reaction is shown in flow diagram IV wherein L represents a leaving group as described hereinabove.

Compounds of formula I wherein W is CS (Ic) may be readily prepared using conventional procedures, such as reacting a compound of formula Ia with CS₂, in the presence of a solvent to obtain the desired compound of formula Ic. Similarly, compounds of formula I wherein W is CH₂ (Id) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula Ia with a suitable reducing agent, such as SnCl₂, to obtain the desired compound of formula Id. The reactions are shown in flow diagram V.

Advantageously, the compounds of formula I act as BACE inhibitors for the treatment of β-amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles associated with such diseases as Alzheimer's disease, Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders. Accordingly, the present invention provides methods for modulating BACE and treating, preventing, or ameliorating β-amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles associated with diseases and disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders. Such methods generally involve administering to a patient suspected of suffering from or being susceptible to the disease or injury an effective amount of a compound of formula I. Also according to the present invention there is provided a method of treating Alzheimer's disease and related senile dementia's in humans or other mammals which comprises administering to a human or other mammal an effective amount of a compound of the present invention.

The present invention also provides a method for the treatment of a disorder related to or associated with excessive BACE activity in a patient in need thereof which comprises providing said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula I. Representative disorders include Alzheimer's disease, cognitive impairment, Down's Syndrome, HCHWA-D, cognitive decline, senile dementia, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementia, or other neurodegenerative disorders. Certain of these diseases are characterized by production of β-amyloid deposits or neurofibrillary tangles.

The present invention also provides methods for modulating (and, preferably, inhibiting) the activity of BACE, comprising administering to a patient and/or contacting a receptor thereof with an effective amount of at least one compound of formula I. Certain methods further comprise determining BACE activity, either before or after said contacting step.

The present invention also provides methods of ameliorating β-amyloid deposits in a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal an effective amount of at least one compound of formula I. Further methods ameliorate neurofibrillary tangles in a mammal, and comprise administering to said mammal an effective amount of at least one compound of formula I.

Also provided are methods of ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, cognitive impairment, Down's Syndrome, HCHWA-D, cognitive decline, senile dementia, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementia, or other neurodegenerative disorders in a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal an effective amount of at least one compound of formula I.

Further methods prevent Alzheimer's disease, cognitive impairment, Down's Syndrome, HCHWA-D, cognitive decline, senile dementia, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementia, or other neurodegenerative disorders in a mammal that is known to suffer from or suspected to be at risk of suffering from such diseases. These methods comprise administering to said mammal an amount of at least one compound of formula I that is effective to prevent such disease.

As used in accordance with this invention, the term “providing,” with respect to providing a compound or substance covered by this invention, means either directly administering such a compound or substance, or administering a prodrug, derivative, or analog which will form the effective amount of the compound or substance within the body. This invention also covers providing the compounds of this invention to treat the disease states disclosed herein that the compounds are useful for treating.

The term “patient”, as used herein, refers to a mammal, preferably a human.

The terms “administer”, “administering”, or “administration”, as used herein, refer to either directly administering a compound or composition to a patient, or administering a prodrug derivative or analog of the compound to the patient, which will form an equivalent amount of the active compound or substance within the patient's body.

The terms “effective amount”, “therapeutically effective amount” and “effective dosage” as used herein, refer to the amount of a compound that, when administered to a patient, is effective to at least partially ameliorate (and, in preferred embodiments, cure) a condition from which the patient is suspected to suffer.

It is understood that the effective dosage of the active compounds of this invention may vary depending upon the particular compound utilized, the mode of administration, the condition, and severity thereof, of the condition being treated, as well as the various physical factors related to the individual being treated. For treating Alzheimer's disease and other related senile dementia's, generally, satisfactory results may be obtained when the compounds of this invention are administered to the individual in need at a daily dosage of from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg per kilogram of body weight, preferably administered in divided doses two to six times per day, or in a sustained release form. For most large mammals, the total daily dosage is from about 3.5 mg to about 140 mg preferably from about 3.5 to about 5 mg. In the case of a 70 kg human adult, the total daily dose will generally be from about 7 mg to about 70 mg and may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic result. This regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response.

In one aspect, the present invention is directed to compositions comprising one or more compounds of formula I and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.

The present invention also comprises pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of the above-described formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The term “carrier”, as used herein, shall encompass carriers, excipients, and diluents. Examples of carriers are well known to those skilled in the art and are prepared in accordance with acceptable pharmaceutical procedures, such as, for example, those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th edition, ed. Alfonoso R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1985), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are those that are compatible with the other ingredients in the formulation and biologically acceptable.

The compounds of this invention may be administered orally or parenterally, neat or in combination with conventional pharmaceutical carriers. Applicable solid carriers can include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aids, binders or tablet-disintegrating agents or encapsulating materials. They are formulated in conventional manner, for example, in a manner similar to that used for known antihypertensive agents, diuretics and β-blocking agents. Oral formulations containing the active compounds of this invention may comprise any conventionally used oral forms, including tablets, capsules, buccal forms, troches, lozenges and oral liquids, suspensions or solutions. In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid, which is an admixture with the finely divided active ingredient. In tablets, the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active ingredient.

Capsules may contain mixtures of the active compound(s) with inert fillers and/or diluents such as the pharmaceutically acceptable starches (e.g. corn, potato or tapioca starch), sugars, artificial sweetening agents, powdered celluloses, such as crystalline and microcrystalline celluloses, flours, gelatins, gums, etc.

Useful tablet formulations may be made by conventional compression, wet granulation or dry granulation methods and utilize pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, binding agents, lubricants, disintegrants, surface modifying agents (including surfactants), suspending or stabilizing agents, including, but not limited to, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, polyvinylpyrrolidine, alginic acid, acacia gum, xanthan gum, sodium citrate, complex silicates, calcium carbonate, glycine, sucrose, sorbitol, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins. Preferred surface modifying agents include nonionic and anionic surface modifying agents. Representative examples of surface modifying agents include, but are not limited to, poloxamer 188, benzalkonium chloride, calcium stearate, cetostearl alcohol, cetomacrogol emulsifying wax, sorbitan esters, colliodol silicon dioxide, phosphates, sodium dodecylsulfate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and triethanolamine. Oral formulations herein may utilize standard delay or time release formulations to alter the absorption of the active compound(s). The oral formulation may also consist of administering the active ingredient in water or fruit juice, containing appropriate solubilizers or emulisifiers as needed.

Liquid carriers may be used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups and elixirs. The active ingredient of this invention can be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fat. The liquid carrier can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osmo-regulators. Suitable examples of liquid carriers for oral and parenteral administration include water (particularly containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). For parenteral administration the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Sterile liquid carriers are used in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration. The liquid carrier for pressurized compositions can be halogenated hydrocarbon or other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant.

Liquid pharmaceutical compositions, which are sterile solutions or suspensions, can be utilized by, for example, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection. Sterile solutions can also be administered intravenously. Compositions for oral administration may be in either liquid or solid form.

Preferably the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage form, e.g. as tablets, capsules, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules, or suppositories. In such form, the composition is sub-divided in unit dose containing appropriate quantities of the active ingredient; the unit dosage forms can be packaged compositions, for example, packeted powders, vials, ampoules, prefilled syringes or sachets containing liquids. The unit dosage form can be, for example, a capsule or tablet itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any such compositions in package form. Such unit dosage form may contain from about 1 mg/kg to about 250 mg/kg, and may given in a single dose or in two or more divided doses. Such doses may be administered in any manner useful in directing the active compounds herein to the recipient's bloodstream, including orally, via implants, parenterally (including intravenous, intraperitoneal and subcutaneous injections), rectally, vaginally, and transdermally. Such administrations may be carried out using the present compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in lotions, creams, foams, patches, suspensions, solutions, and suppositories (rectal and vaginal).

When administered for the treatment or inhibition of a particular disease state or disorder, it is understood that the effective dosage may vary depending upon the particular compound utilized, the mode of administration, the condition, and severity thereof, of the condition being treated, as well as the various physical factors related to the individual being treated. In therapeutic application, compounds of the present invention are provided to a patient already suffering from a disease in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially ameliorate the symptoms of the disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a “therapeutically effective amount”. The dosage to be used in the treatment of a specific case must be subjectively determined by the attending physician. The variables involved include the specific condition and the size, age and response pattern of the patient.

In some cases it may be desirable to administer the compounds directly to the airways in the form of an aerosol. For administration by intranasal or intrabrochial inhalation, the compounds of this invention may be formulated into an aqueous or partially aqueous solution.

The compounds of this invention may be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds as a free base or pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxyl-propylcellulose. Dispersions may also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to inhibit the growth of microorganisms.

The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.

The compounds of this invention can be administered transdermally through the use of a transdermal patch. For the purposes of this disclosure, thransdermal administrations are understood to include all administrations across the surface of the body and the inner linings of bodily passages including epithelial and mucosal tissues. Such administrations may be carried out using the present compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in lotions, creams, foams, patches, suspensions, solutions, and suppositories (rectal and vaginal).

Transdermal administration may be accomplished through the use of a transdermal patch containing the active compound and a carrier that is inert to the active compound, is non-toxic to the skin, and allows delivery of the agent for systemic absorption into the blood stream via the skin. The carrier may take any number of forms such as creams and ointments, pastes, gels and occlusive devices. The creams and ointments may be viscous liquid or semisolid emulsions of either the oil-in-water or water-in-oil type. Pastes comprised of absorptive powders dispersed in petroleum or hydrophilic petroleum containing the active ingredient may also be suitable. A variety of occlusive devices may be used to release the active ingredient into the blood stream, such as a semi-permeable membrane covering a reservoir containing the active ingredient with or without a carrier, or a matrix containing the active ingredient. Other occlusive devices are known in the literature.

The compounds of this invention may be administered rectally or vaginally in the form of a conventional suppository. Suppository formulations may be made from traditional materials, including cocoa butter, with or without the addition of waxes to alter the suppository's melting point, and glycerin. Water soluble suppository bases, such as polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights, may also be used.

In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to prodrugs. Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art, for example, as discussed in, for example, Bundgaard, (ed.), Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985); Widder, et al. (ed.), Methods in Enzymology, vol. 4, Academic Press (1985); Krogsgaard-Larsen, et al. (ed.), “Design and Application of Prodrugs”, Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Chapter 5, 113-191 (1991), Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Drug Deliver reviews, 8:1-38 (1992), Bundgaard, J. of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 et seq. (1988); and Higuchi and Stella (eds.) Prodrugs as Novel Drug Delivery Systems, American Chemical Society (1975), each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

It is understood that the dosage, regimen and mode of administration of these compounds will vary according to the malady and the individual being treated and will be subject to the judgment of the medical practitioner involved. It is preferred that the administration of one or more of the compounds herein begin at a low dose and be increased until the desired effects are achieved.

For a more clear understanding, and in order to illustrate the invention more clearly, specific examples thereof are set forth hereinbelow. The following examples are merely illustrative and are not to be understood as limiting the scope and underlying principles of the invention in any way.

Unless otherwise stated, all parts are parts by weight. The terms TEA, DMSO and DMF designate triethyl amine, dimethyl sulfoxide and N,N-dimethylformamide, respectively. The terms DME and THF designate ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, respectively. The term TLC designates thin layer chromatography. The term NMR designates proton nuclear magnetic resonance and the term MS designates mass spectroscopy with (+) referring to the positive mode which generally gives a M+1 (or M+H) absorption where M=the molecular mass. All compounds are analyzed at least by MS and NMR.

Proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were obtained on a Bruker AVANCE 300 spectrometer at 300 MHz or VARIAN 400 spectrometer at 400 MHz. Spectra are given in ppm (δ) and coupling constants, J values, are reported in Hertz. Tetramethylsilane was used as an internal reference standard. Infrared spectra were obtained on a Nicolet Nexus 470 (ATR) spectrometer. Mass spectra were obtained on a Perkin Elmer Sciex 100.

EXAMPLES Example 1 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of Compound 2

A mixture of pyrazole (3.00 g, 44.0 mmol), iodine (6.71 g, 26.4 mmol) and ceric ammonium nitrate (14.5 g, 26.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (400 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. The reaction was concentrated and partitioned between ethyl acetate (250 mL) and 5% aqueous sodium bisulfite (250 mL). Water (150 mL) was added and the organic layer was separated and washed with brine (250 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 2 (7.80 g, 91%) as a white solid: mp 105-108° C.; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)

7.63 (s, 2H).

Step b) Preparation of Compound 3

Sodium hydride (0.680 g of a 60% dispersion in oil, 17.0 mmol) was washed with hexanes (2 mL) diluted with THF (12 mL) and treated with a solution of 2 (3.00 g, 15.5 mmol) in THF (3 mL) over a period of 10 min. After stirring for 4 h at room temperature, a solution of methyl iodide (4.39 g, 31.9 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 10 min and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. The mixture was diluted with ether (100 mL) then washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 3 (2.95 g, 92%) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 209 [C₄H₅₁N₂+H]⁺.

Step c) Preparation of Compound 4

A mixture of 3 (0.400 g, 1.92 mmol), 3-bromophenylacetylene 4 (0.380 g, 2.12 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (0.040 g, 0.058 mmol), copper (I) iodide (0.007 g, 0.038 mmol) and triethylamine (0.97 g, 9.61 mmol) in dimethylformamide (7 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 4.5 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with water (50 mL), 5% aqueous lithium chloride (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.58 g of an amber syrup. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 1:4 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 5 (0.27 g, 54%) as an amber syrup: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.64-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.19 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 261 [C₁₂H₉BrN₂+H]⁺.

Step d) Preparation of Compound 6

To a stirred solution of 5 (0.100 g, 0.383 mmol) in acetone (4 mL) was added a solution of sodium bicarbonate (0.019 g, 0.229 mmol) and magnesium sulfate (0.069 g, 0.574 mmol) in water (4 mL), followed by potassium permanganate (0.133 g, 0.843 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min at room temperature. After this time the reaction was diluted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate (4 mL) and water (2 mL) and the solids were removed by filtration. The aqueous layer was separated then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the combined organic layers washed with water (2×10 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 6 (0.094 g, 85%) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.20 (m, 1H), 8.06 (m, 2H), 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 293 [C₁₂H₉BrN₂O₂+H]⁺.

Step e) Preparation of Compound 7

A mixture of 6 (0.400 g, 1.36 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.670 g, 6.14 mmol) in dioxane (18 mL) and ethanol (12 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. A solution of sodium carbonate (0.650 g, 6.14 mmol) in water (5 mL) was then added and the mixture immersed into an 85° C. oil bath and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and the residue partitioned between methylene chloride (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.25 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded 7 (0.33 g, 70%) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.18 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H); m/z 348 [C₁₄H₁₄BrN₅O+H]⁺.

Step f) Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 7 (0.100 g, 0.287 mmol), 5-pyrimidine boronic acid (0.043 g, 0.345 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphinopalladium(0) (0.017 g, 0.0144 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.099 g, 0.718 mmol) in 5:1 dioxane/water (1.8 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and the crude product purified by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.25 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to afford the title compound (0.060 g, 60%) as a white solid: R_(f) 0.36 (92:8:0.25 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide); ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 2H), 7.75-7.42 (m, 6H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H); IR (ATR) 1663, 1468, 1413, 1400 cm⁻¹; ESI MS m/z 348 [C₁₈H₁₇N₇O+H]⁺;

Examples 2-11 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(substituted pyrazolyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 1 and employing the appropriate iodopyrazole derivative and a suitable alkyne intermediate, the compounds shown below were prepared and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 2 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 2.0 (s, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 5.0 (q, 2H), 6.6 (b, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 4H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H); MS m/e (M)⁺ 447; mp 235-238° C.

Example 3 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.8 (d, 6H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.8 (d, 2H), 6.6 (b, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 3H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H); MS m/e (M)⁺ 407;

mp=94-98° C.

Example 4 2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-VI)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.8 (t, 3H), 1.2 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 4.0 (t, 2H) 6.7 (b, 2H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 3H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H); MS m/e (M)⁺ 407; mp=88-92° C.

Example 5 2-Amino-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.8 (d, 6H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.8 (d, 1H), 6.8 (b, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.4 (t, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 8.9 (s, 2H), 9.2 (s, 1H); MS m/e (M)⁺ 390; mp=118-122 C.°

Example 6 2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.8 (t, 3H), 1.2 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 4.0 (t, 2H), 6.6 (b, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.4 (t, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 8.9 (s, 2H), 9.2 (s, 1H), MS m/e (M)⁺ 390; mp=94-98 C.°

Example 7 2-Amino-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 3.10 (s, 3H), 5.12 (q, 2H, J=8.67 Hz), 7.48 (m, 4H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 9.43 (d, 2H); mp>225° C.; MS (ES) m/z 451 (M+H)⁺.

Example 8 2-Amino-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 2.92 (s, 3H), 5.03 (q, 2H, J=9.15 Hz), 6.67 (s, 2H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 2H), 9.19 (s, 1H); mp 115-117° C.; MS (ES) m/z 434.

Example 9 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 1.26 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.91 (s, 3H), 4.01 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 6.59 (s, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 3H), 8.90 (s, 2H), 9.18 (s, 1H); mp 120-121° C.; MS (ES) m/z 380.

Example 10 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 1.26 (t, 3H, J=7.32 Hz), 2.90 (s, 3H), 4.01 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 6.58 (s, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.55 (s, 2H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H); mp 84-85° C.; MS (ES) m/z 397.

Example 11 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[3-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

MS m/e (M)⁺ 447; ¹H NMR (DMSO d₆ 300 MHz) δ 1.8 (s, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 4.95 (q, 2H), 6.6 (b, 2H), 7.4 (m, 5H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H). mp=128-132° C.

Examples 12-25 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-thienyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazolone Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 1, Steps b-f, and employing the approriate iodothiophene and a suitable 3-bromophenylalkyne as starting materials, the compounds shown in Table I were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE I

Ex. MS No R4 R7 Z Y mp (° C.) m/z 12 H pyridin-3-yl S CH 219-223 349 13 H pyridin-3-yl CH S 248 349 14 H 2,5-difluorophenyl CH S 222 384 15 H Br CH S — 350 16 H 2,5-difluorophenyl S CH 209-210 384 17 CH₃ Br S CH — 364 18 CH₃ pyridin-3-yl S CH 218-220 363 19 CH₃ pyrimidin-5-yl S CH 133-135 364 20 H pyrimidin-5-yl CH S 135 350 21 H 3-fluorophenyl CH S 181  366* 22 H 2,3-difluorophenyl CH S 170  384* 23 H 3,5-difluorophenyl CH S 217  384* 24 H 3-cyanophenyl CH S 220  373* 25 H 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl CH S 143  408* *(M + H)⁺

Example 26 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(5-chloro-2-methylthien-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of Compound 14

A mixture of 13 (3.17 g, 12.3 mmol), 3-bromophenylacetylene (2.44 g, 13.5 mmol; see MEC00775; dated Aug. 15, 2003), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (0.258 g, 0.360 mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.046 g, 0.240 mmol) and triethylamine (3.70 g, 36.8 mmol) in dimethylformamide (60 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL), washed with water (2×100 mL), brine (3×100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes) to afford 14 as a yellow oil, which was a mixture of product and an unidentified by-product (which was removed during purification in the following step): APCI MS m/z 311 [C₁₃H₈BrClS+H]⁺.

Step b) Preparation of Compound 15

To a stirred solution of 14 (2.60 g, 8.30 mmol) in acetone (200 mL) was added a solution of sodium bicarbonate (0.418 g, 5.00 mmol) and magnesium sulfate (2.00 g, 16.6 mmol) in water (60 mL), followed by potassium permanganate (3.30 g, 20.9 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at rt. After this time the reaction was diluted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (50 mL) and the solids were removed by filtration. The aqueous layer was separated then extracted with hexanes (2×75 mL), and the combined organic layers washed with water (2×75 mL), brine (75 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 90:10 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 15 (1.61 g, 38% over 2 steps) as a yellow oil: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.10 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dt, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Step c) Preparation of Compound 16

A mixture of 15 (1.58 g, 4.60 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (2.27 g, 20.7 mmol) in dioxane (50 mL) and ethanol (60 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. A solution of sodium carbonate (2.19 g, 20.7 mmol) in water (15 mL) was then added and the mixture immersed into an 85° C. oil bath and stirred for 45 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and the residue partitioned between methylene chloride (150 mL) and water (150 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (75 mL), brine (75 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to afford a viscous oil. This oil was dissolved in a minimal amount of methylene chloride, treated with hexanes and then concentrated to afford 16 (0.96 g, 52%) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.70 (br s, 1H), 7.55-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.27 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (br s, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 398 [C₁₅H₁₃BrClN₃OS+H]⁺.

Step d) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(5-chloro-2-methylthien-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (12 mL) was added to a nitrogen purged round bottom flask containing tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.034 g, 37.3 μmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.019 g, 72.5 μmol) and the mixture stirred for 5 min. 16 (0.30 g, 0.75 mmol), 5-pyrimidine boronic acid (0.111 g, 0.90 mmol), sodium carbonate (0.238 g, 2.25 mmol) and water (5 mL) were then added. The mixture was heated at reflux for 1.5 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) and then by semi-preparative chromatography (Method 3) to afford a viscous oil. The oil was free based by partitioning between methylene chloride (20 mL) and 1 N sodium hydroxide (20 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title product (0.032 g, 11%) as a white solid: mp 141-149° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 9.03 (s, 2H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.72-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (s, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H); IR (ATR) 3342, 3040, 2953, 2918, 1732, 1663, 1601, 1583, 1553, 1467 cm⁻¹; ESI MS m/z 398 [C₁₉H₁₆ClN₅OS+H]⁺;

Example 27 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(2-methylthien-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of Compound 19

A solution of diisopropylamine (8.28 g, 81.8 mmol) in THF (190 mL) at −20° C. was treated with n-butyllithium (52 mL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 83.2 mmol) over a period of 20 min, then slowly warmed to 0° C. under stirring for 30 min. This solution was cooled to −78° C. and treated dropwise with a solution of thiophene-3-carboxylic acid (4.99 g, 38.9 mmol) in THF (40 mL) over a period of 10 min. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for an additional 10 min, then treated with iodomethane (6.16 g, 43.3 mmol) and stirred for 1 h, allowing the solution to slowly warm to rt. Water (200 mL) was added, and the mixture was made acidic by adding 2 N HCl (40 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3×75 mL), then the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 50:50:1 ethyl acetate/hexanes/acetic acid) afforded 19 (1.12 g, 20%) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.45 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H).

Step b) Preparation of Compound 22

A solution of 19 (0.908 g, 6.39 mmol) and thionyl chloride (4.59 g, 38.8 mmol) in benzene (7 mL) was heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with toluene (20 mL) and again concentrated to afford the acid chloride of 20 (1.10 g, 100%) as a colorless oil. A mixture of 21 (3.27 g, 6.38 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was treated with n-butyllithium (5.5 mL of a 1.16 M solution in hexanes, 6.38 mmol) and stirred at rt for 15 min. A solution of the acid chloride of 20 (1.10 g, 6.39 mmol) in toluene (8 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction was concentrated to afford 22 (4.90 g crude, >100%) as a yellow oil. ESI MS m/z 555 [C₃₁H₂₄BrOPS+H]⁺.

Step c) Preparation of Compound 23

A mixture of 22 (4.50 g, 6.00 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was treated with a solution of sodium bicarbonate (0.323 g, 3.84 mmol) and magnesium sulfate (1.54 g, 12.8 mmol) in water (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at rt for 5 min. Potassium permanganate (2.02 g, 12.8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated at 50° C. for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ether (50 mL) and water (75 mL), and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 2.19 g of a yellow oil, which was a 2:1 mixture of 23 and 22 as determined by ¹H NMR analysis. This material was used in the subsequent step without further purification.

Step d) Preparation of Compound 24

The reaction of 23 (0.113 g, 67% purity) with 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride was carried out as described in method E to afford 24 (0.0655 g) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.56 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 364 [C₁₅H₁₄BrN₃OS+H]⁺.

Step e) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(2-methylthien-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 24 (0.060 g, 0.166 mmol), 5-pyrimidineboronic acid (0.028 g, 0.224 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(0) (0.011 g, 92.6 μmol) in dioxane (1.5 mL) was treated with a solution of potassium carbonate (0.074 g, 0.532 mmol) in water (0.3 mL), then heated at reflux for 55 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and the residue partitioned between methylene chloride (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (2×25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 96:4:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product (0.046 g, 76%) as a white solid: mp 154-159° C.: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 364 [C₁₉H₁₇N₅OS+H

Examples 28-37 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-heteroarylphenyl)-5-thien-3ylimidazolone Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 27 and employing the appropriate thien-3-yl carboxylic acid as starting material, the compounds shown in Table II were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE II

Ex. mp MS No R4 R5 R7 (° C.) m/z 28 H C₂H₅ Br — 378 29 H C₂H₅ pyrimidin-5-yl 144-146 378 30 CH₃ C₂H₅ Br — 392 31 CH₃ C₂H₅ pyrimidin-5-yl 128-134 392 32 H Cl pyrimidin-5-yl 236-240 384 33 H H 3-pyrazin-2-yl 223 350 34 H H 2-F-pyridin-3-yl 213 365 35 H H 6-F-pyridin-3-yl 228 365 36 H H 6-F-2-CH₃-pyridin-3-yl 140 381 37 H H 5-CH₃O-pyridin-3-yl 197 377

Examples 38-40 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyridin-3-ylphenyl)-5-thien-3-ylimidazolone Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 27 and employing the thien-3-yl carboxylic acid and 3-bromo-4-fluorophenylalkyne as starting materials, the compounds shown in Table III were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE III

Ex. mp MS No R7 (° C.) m/z 38 2-CH₃O-pyridin-3-yl — 397 39 2-F-pyridin-3-yl — 385 40 pyridin-3-yl — 367

Example 41 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-5-(1,3-thiazol-4-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of Compound 2

A mixture of 2,4-thiazolidinedione 1 (2.28 g, 19.5 mmol) and phosphorous oxybromide (25.0 g, 87.0 mmol) was heated at 130° C. for 30 min, then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with ice water (300 mL) and carefully neutralized by the addition of solid sodium carbonate in small portions. Once neutral, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×150 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 0:100 to 5:95 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2 (3.34 g, 71%) as light yellow crystals: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.21 (s, 1H).

Step b) Preparation of Compound 3

A solution of 2 (1.10 g, 4.53 mmol) in diethyl ether (8 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of n-BuLi (2.1 mL of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes, 5.3 mmol) at −78° C. over 25 min. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at −78° C., then a solution of chlorotrimethylsilane (0.585 g, 5.38 mmol) in diethyl ether (3 mL) was added dropwise over 20 min. The mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min at −78° C. then quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL). After warming to room temperature, diethyl ether (100 mL) and water (50 ml) were added, the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 3 (0.95 g, 88%) as a red oil: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.41 (s, 1H), 0.43 (s, 9H).

Step c) Preparation of Compound 4

A solution of 3 (0.950 g, 4.02 mmol) in diethyl ether (8 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of n-BuLi (3.8 mL of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes, 6.1 mmol) at −78° C. over 20 min. The mixture was stirred for 40 min at −78° C., then a solution of iodine (1.58 g, 6.22 mmol) in diethyl ether (15 mL) was added dropwise over 20 min. The mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min at −78° C. then quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL). After warming to room temperature, diethyl ether (50 mL) and water (100 mL) were added, the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 5 (1.28 g, >100%) as a red oil: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.73 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).

Step d) Preparation of Compound 6

A mixture of crude 4 (1.27 g, 4.02 mmol), 3-bromophenyl acetylene 5 (1.10 g, 6.07 mmol) dichlorobis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(II) (0.115 g, 0.164 mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.0248 g, 0.130 mmol), triethylamine (2.19 g, 21.6 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was then diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL) and washed with water (2×150 mL), 2% aqueous lithium chloride (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 1:19 to 1:9 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 6 (0.376 g, 35%) as a yellow oil: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.82 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.23 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); ESI MS m/z 264 [C₁₁H₆BrNS+H]⁺.

Step e) Preparation of Compound 7

The reaction of 6 (0.236 g, 0.893 mmol) with potassium permanganate was carried out as described above to afford 7 (0.134 g, 50%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.90 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dt, J=7.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H); ESI MS m/z 296 [C₁₁H₆BrNO₂S+H]⁺.

Step f) Preparation of Compound 8

The reaction of 7 with methylguanidine hydrochloride was carried out as described above to afford 8 (0.0965 g, 63%) as an off-white solid: R_(f) 0.22 (silica, 90:10:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.01 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=8.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.73 (br s, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 351, 353 [C₁₃H₁₁BrN₄OS+H]⁺.

Step g) Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-5-(1,3-thiazol-4-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The reaction of 8 with 5-pyrimidine boronic acid was carried out as described above to afford the title product (0.029 g, 27%) as a white solid: mp 234-237° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 2H), 8.80 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.92 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.42 (m, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 351 [C₁₇H₁₄N₆OS+H];

Example 42 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of Compound 10

Sodium hydride (0.11 g of a 60% dispersion in oil, 2.84 mmol) was washed with hexanes, diluted with THF (2 mL) and treated with a solution of 9 (0.50 g, 2.58 mmol) in THF (1 mL) over a period of 5 min. After stirring for 35 min at room temperature, a solution of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (0.52 g, 3.10 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 2 min and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4.5 h. The mixture was diluted with ether (20 mL) then washed with water (10 mL), brine 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 10 (0.85 g, 100%) as an amber oil: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m, 2H), 0.50 (s, 9H); ESI MS m/z 325 [C₉H₁₇IN₂ OSi+H]⁺.

Step b) Preparation of Compound 11

A mixture of 10 (0.214 g, 0.660 mmol), 3-bromophenyl acetylene (0.144 g, 0.795 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(II) chloride (0.023 g, 32.9 μmol), copper(I) iodide (0.004 g, 20.0 μmol) and triethylamine (0.372 g, 3.68 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added, and the solution washed with water (100 mL) and 2% aqueous lithium chloride (2×75 mL). The organic layer was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 5:95 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 11 (0.149 g, 60%) as a red oil: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 0.93 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 0.01 (s, 9H); ESI MS m/z 377 [C₁₇H₂₁BrN₂OSi+H]⁺.

Step c) Preparation of Compound 12

The reaction of 11 (0.393 g, 1.04 mmol) with potassium permanganate was performed as described in Example 27, Step c, to afford 12 (0.228 g, 53%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.22 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.01 (dt, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 3.64 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 0.01 (s, 9H); ESI MS m/z 409 [C₁₇H₂₁BrN₂O₃Si+H]⁺.

Step d) Preparation of Compound 13

The reaction of 12 (0.226 g, 0.552 mmol) with 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride was performed as described in Example 27, Step d, to afford 13 (0.207 g, 80%) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 5.18 (br s, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), −0.01 (s, 9H); APCI MS m/z 466 [C₁₉H₂₆BrN₅O₂Si+H]⁺.

Step e) Preparation of Compound 14

The reaction of 13 with 5-pyrimidineboronic acid was performed as described in Example 27, Step e, to afford 14 (0.039 g, 81%) as a light yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 3.56 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), −0.05 (s, 9H). ESI MS m/z 464 [C₂₃H₂₉N₇O₂Si+H]⁺.

Step f) Preparation of Compound 15

A mixture of 14 (0.097 g, 0.209 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was treated with hydrochloric acid (5 mL of a 4 N solution, 20 mmol) and heated to reflux for 24 h. The mixture was concentrated, the residue was re-dissolved in toluene (5 mL), and again concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (90:10:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded 15 (0.033 g, 47%) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 2H), 7.74 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=7.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.52 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H); ESI MS m/z 334 [C₁₇H₁₅N₇O+H]⁺.

Step g) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of sodium hydride (0.004 g, 0.098 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1.2 mL) was treated with a solution of 15 (0.030 g, 0.090 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. Iodoethane (0.016 g, 1.01 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 90 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) and 2% aqueous lithium chloride (20 mL) were added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (95:5:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product (0.009 g, 28%) as an off-white solid: mp 143-147° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 2H), 7.77-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.52 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 362 [C₁₉H₁₉N₇O+H]⁺;

Example 43 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of Compound 18

Sodium hydride (0.476 g of a 60% dispersion in oil, 2.84 mmol) was washed with hexanes, diluted with THF (7 mL) and treated with a solution of 17 (1.99 g, 10.3 mmol) in THF (4 mL) over a period of 15 min. After stirring for 4 h at room temperature, a solution of iodoethane (3.12 g, 20.0 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 10 min and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with ether (75 mL) and water (75 mL), the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 10:90 to 20:80 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 18 (1.36 g, 59%) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 4.18 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 223 [C₅H₇₁N₂+H]⁺.

Step b) Preparation of Compound 19

A mixture of 18 (1.36 g, 6.13 mmol), 3-bromophenyl acetylene (1.40 g, 7.73 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(II) chloride (0.132 g, 0.188 mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.025 g, 0.132 mmol) and triethylamine (3.21 g, 31.7 mmol) in DMF (24 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 90 min. Ethyl acetate (500 mL) was added, and the solution washed with water (150 mL) and 2% aqueous lithium chloride (2×100 mL). The organic layer was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 10:90 to 20:80 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 19 (1.09 g, 64%) as a reddish-brown solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.62 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.39 (dt, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 275 [C₁₃H₁₁BrN₂+H]⁺.

Step c) Preparation of Compound 20

To a stirred solution of 19 (1.08 g, 3.92 mmol) in acetone (100 mL) was added a solution of sodium bicarbonate (0.210 g, 2.50 mmol) and magnesium sulfate (0.942 g, 7.82 mmol) in water (40 mL), followed by potassium permanganate (1.25 g, 7.91 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min, diluted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate (150 mL) and water (75 mL), and the solids were removed by filtration. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate (2×75 mL). The combined organic layers were then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 85:15 to 75:25 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 20 (0.928 g, 77%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.20 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 2H), 7.99 (dt, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 307 [C₁₃H₁₁BrN₂O₂+H]⁺.

Step d) Preparation of Compound 21

A mixture of 20 (0.926 g, 3.01 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (1.49 g, 13.6 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) and ethanol (35 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. A solution of sodium carbonate (1.45 g, 13.7 mmol) in water (15 mL) was then added and the mixture immersed into an 85° C. oil bath and stirred for 25 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and the residue partitioned between methylene chloride (75 mL) and water (75 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 96:4:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to afford a viscous oil. This oil was dissolved in a minimal amount of methylene chloride, treated with hexanes and then concentrated to afford 21 (0.763 g, 70%) as an off-white solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.58-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.24 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.14 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 1.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); APCI MS m/z 362 [C₁₅H₁₆BrN₅O+H]⁺.

Step e) Preparation of Compound 22

A mixture of 21 (0.152 g, 0.420 mmol), 2-fluoropyridine-3-boronic acid (0.072 g, 0.511 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(0) (0.026 g, 22.2 μmol) in dioxane (4.2 mL) was treated with a solution of potassium carbonate (0.185 g, 1.34 mmol) in water (0.8 mL), then heated at reflux for 35 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated and the residue partitioned between methylene chloride (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (2×25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 96:4:0.5 to 93:7:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded (22 (0.109 g, 68%) as a white solid: R_(f) 0.40 (90:10:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide); mp 122-127° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.17 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.38 (m, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); IR (ATR) 3344, 3066, 1665, 1466, 1433, 1399, 1330 cm⁻¹; ESI MS m/z 379 [C₂₀H₁₉FN₆O+H]⁺;

Example 44 Preparation of (5R)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title enantiomeric products: A (5R)-2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 1.1 (t, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 4.05 (q, 2H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 6.35-6.45 (m, 3H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (dd, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 379 and

B (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 1.1 (t, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 4.05 (q, 2H), 6.28 (s, 2H), 6.35-6.45 (m, 3H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (dd, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 379

Example 45 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-bromophenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (0.153 g, 0.422 mmol), 23 (0.256 g, 0.663 mmol) and bis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(II) chloride (0.019 g, 27.2 μmol) in DMF (6.5 mL) was heated at 150° C. in a sealed tube for 70 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with water (75 mL) and 2% lithium chloride (2×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product (0.067 g, 42%) as an off-white solid: mp 216-220° C.; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.44 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dt, J=9.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.64-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 1.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); IR (ATR) 3120, 1732, 1683, 1474, 1431, 1387, 1320 cm⁻¹; ESI MS m/z 379 [C₂₀H₁₉FN₆O+H]⁺;

Example 46 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(5-chloropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 2-amino-5-[3-bromophenyl]-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (0.143 g, 0.395 mmol), 25 (0.239 g, 0.594 mmol) and bis(triphenylphosphino)palladium(II) chloride (0.018 g, 25.5 μmol) in DMF (6 mL) was heated at 150° C. in a sealed tube for 70 min. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with water (75 mL) and 2% lithium chloride (2×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product (0.064 g, 41%) as an off-white solid: mp 205-210° C.; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.68 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.07 (m, 1H), 7.71 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.51-7.44 (m, 2H), 4.14 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 1.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); IR (ATR) 3275, 3048, 1732, 1669, 1470, 1392, 1325 cm⁻¹; ESI MS m/z 395 [C₂₀H₁₉ClN₆O+H]⁺;

Example 47 Preparation of 1-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)ethane-1,2-dione

A solution of N-triisopropylsilylpyrrole (3.49 g, 1 mmol), 3-bromo-1-ethynylbenzene (1.81 g, 1 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (800 mg) and CuI (185 mg) in CH₃CN (15 ml) and triethylamine (35 ml) is refluxed for 5 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and the solvent is evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude material is purified by flash chromatographied (silica gel, 100% hexane) to afford 3-[(3-bromophenyl)ethynyl]-1-(triisopropylsilyl)-1H-pyrrole (2.7 g, 85%) as a clear oil.

To a solution of 3-[(3-bromophenyl)ethynyl]-1-(triisopropylsilyl)-1H-pyrrole (2.7 g, 8.5 mmol) in acetone (100 mml) is added a solution of MgSO₄ (1.53 g, 12.75 mmol) and NaHCO₃ (316 mg, 3.76 mmol) in water (50 ml), followed by the addition of KMnO₄ (2.68 g, 17 mmol) in one portion at room temperature. After refluxing for 5 h, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and extracted with ether (2×50 mL), the combined organic extracts are dried over MgSO₄. The crude material is purified flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:30/70 to 50/50) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (42%). mp: 111-113° C. MS (−) ES: 276 (M−H)⁻.

Example 48 Preparation of 1-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)ethane-1,2-dione

The title compound is prepared by using essentially the same procedure as in Example 1, step b, affording an oil (56%). MS (+) ES: 306 (M+H)⁺.

Example 49 Preparation of 1-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]ethane-1,2-dione

To a solution of 1-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)ethane-1,2-dione (93 mg, 0.33 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (170 mg, 0.66 mmol), K₂CO₃ (100 mg, 0.73 mmol) and Et₄NCl (5.5 mg, 0.033 mmol) at room temperature. After heating at 80° C. for 3 days, the reaction mixture is cooled, diluted with H₂O, EtOAc. The two layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are washed with 1 N HCl aqueous H₂O, brine, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated. The crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:20/80) to give the title compound (190 mg, 65%) as a solid. mp: 105-106° C. MS (+) ES: 418 (M+CH₃COO)⁻.

Example 50 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 21, step c, to give the title product as a solid (82%), mp 138-140° C., MS (+) ES: 361 (M+H)⁺.

Example 51 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 21, step c, to give the title product a solid (70%). mp: 74-76° C. MS (+) ES: 415 (M+H)⁺.

Example 52 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

To a solution of 2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (80 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DME (3 mL) is added pyrimidin-5-ylboronic acid (57 mg, 0.44 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (25 mg, 0.022 mmo) and a solution sodium carbonate (93 mg, 0.88 mmol) in H₂O (0.5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is refluxed for 1 h and cooled. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/2M ethanolic NH₃: 92/8) to give the title compound (60 mg, 75%) as a solid. mp: 100-102° C.; MS (+) ES: 361 (M+H)⁺.

Examples 53-55 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(1-substituted-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-(3-substituted-phenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 52 and employing the appropriated 5-(3-bromophenyl)hydantoin and a suitable boronic acid reagent, the compounds shown in Table IV were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE IV

Ex. mp No R R7 (° C.) M + H 53 C₂H₅ 2-fluoropyridin-2-yl 103-105 378 54 CH₂CF₃ pyrimidin-5-yl 103-105 415 55 CH₂CF₃ 2-fluoropyridin-2-yl 104-106 432

Example 56 Preparation of 3-benzyloxy-1-ethynylbenzene

A mixture of 3-hydroxy-1-ethynylbenzene (4.36 g, 37 mmol), benzylbromide (6.95 g, 4.1 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (10.2 g, 7.4 mmol) in acetanitrile (50 ml) is stirred at room temperature for 24 hr. The insoluble material is removed by filtration and filtrate is concentrated. The crude material is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, hexane/EtOAc:95/5) to afford the title compound as a clear oil 5.2 g (68%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ (ppm) 3.05 (s, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 1H) 7.00-7.50 (m, 8H).

Example 57 Preparation of 1-[3-(benzyloxy)phenyl]-2-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)ethane-1,2-dione

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 47 to give the title product as a solid (29%) mp 124-125° C., MS (+) ES: 306 (M+H)⁺.

Example 58 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)-5-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 21, step c, to give the title product as a solid (38%) mp 98-100° C. MS (+) ES: 361 (M+H)⁺.

Example 59 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 2-amino-5-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)-5-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (70 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Pd/C (8 mg) in ethanol (10 ml) is hydrogenated at 45 psi overnight. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated. The crude material is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/2.0M ethanolic NH₃: 90/10 to 80/20) to afford the title compound as a solid, 49 mg (93%) mp 142-145° C., MS (+) ES: 271 (M+H)⁺.

Example 60 Preparation of 3-(3-ethynylphenyl)-2-fluoropyridine

To a solution of [(3-bromophenyl)ethynyl](trimethyl)silane (2.28 g, 9.0 mmol) in DME (150 mL) is added (2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (1.41 g, 10.0 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.52 g, 0.5 mmol) and a solution of sodium carbonate (3.8 g, 36.0 mmol) in H₂O (15 mL) at room temperature. After refluxing for 3 h, the reaction mixture is cooled, quenched with saturated sodium carbonate, diluted with EtOAc. The two layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated. The crude mixture is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:5/95) to give the 2-fluoro-3-{3-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]phenyl}pyridine (2.25 g, 91%) as an oil. MS (+) APPI: 270 (M+H)⁺.

To a solution of 2-fluoro-3-{3-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]phenyl}pyridine (2.20 g, 8.1 mmol) in MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (1/1, 60 mL) is added Cs₂CO₃ (3.17 g, 9.7 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and passed through a thin layer of silica gel. The solution is concentrated and the crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:20/80) to give the title compound (1.23 g, 77%) as a solid. mp: 45-47° C. MS (+) EI: 198 M⁺.

Example 61 Preparation of 1-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-3-ethynylbenzene

To a solution of 3-ethynylphenol (1.18 g, 10.0 mmol) in acetone (30 mL) is added (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (1.02 mL, 10.0 mmol), sodium iodide (0.75 g, 5.0 mmol) and CS₂CO₃ (6.52 g, 20.0 mmol) at room temperature. After refluxing over night, the reaction mixture is cooled, diluted with Et₂O (300 mL) and pass through a thin layer of silica gel. The solution is concentrated. The crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:1/99) to give the title compound (1.45 g, 84%) as an oil. MS (+) APPI: 173 (M+H)⁺.

Example 62 Preparation of 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-4-iodo-1H-pyrazole

A solution of 4-iodo-1H-pyrazole (1.10 g, 5.7 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (25 mL) is treated with NaH (0.23 g, 60% in mineral oil, 5.7 mmol). After stirring for 20 minutes at room temperature, the reaction mixture is treated with 1-iodo-2-fluoroethane (1.0 g, 5.7 mmol) and stirred over night at room temperature. The reaction is quenched with H₂O and diluted with EtOAc. The two layers are separated and the aqueous is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are washed with H₂O, brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated. The crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:15/85) to afford the title compound (1.08 g, 79%) as an oil. MS (+) ES 240 (M+H)⁺.

Example 63 Preparation of 4-iodo-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole

A mixture of 4-iodo-1H-pyrazole (960 mg, 5 mmol), 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl iodide (3.13 g, 15 mmol) and CS₂CO₃ (2.4 g, 7.7 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) is heated at 60° C. with stirring overnight. After cooling, the reaction mixture is partitioned between water (50 ml) and ether (20 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to afford the title compound as an oil which solidified upon standing 1.0 g (72%). ¹HNMR (CDCl₃): δ (ppm) 4.70 (m, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H).

Example 64 Preparation of 2-fluoro-3-(3-{[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]ethynyl}phenyl)pyridine

To a solution of 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-4-iodo-1H-pyrazole (148 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) is added dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (16 mg, 0.022 mmol), copper iodide (3 mg, 0.015 mmol), TEA (0.53 mL, 3.8 mmol) and 3-(3-ethynylphenyl)-2-fluoropyridine (150 mg, 0.76 mmol). The reaction mixture is heated at 65° C. for 3 h, cooled and quenched with H₂O. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated. The crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:30/70) to afford the title compound (145 mg, 76%) as an oil. MS (+) ES: 310 (M+H)⁺.

Example 65 Preparation of 2-fluoro-3-(3-{[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]ethynyl}phenyl)pyridine

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 64 to give the title compound as an oil (59%) MS (+) ES: 346 (M+H)⁺.

Example 66 Preparation of 4-{[3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl]ethynyl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 64 to give the title compound as an oil (72%). MS (+) ES: 285 (M+H)⁺.

Example 67 Preparation of 4-{[3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl]ethynyl}-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 64 to give the title compound as a solid (81%) mp: 63-65° C., MS (+) ES: 346 (M+H)⁺.

Example 68 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

To a solution of 2-fluoro-3-(3-{[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]ethynyl}phenyl)pyridine (140 mg, 0.45 mmol) in acetone (7 mL) is added a warm (˜40° C.) solution of NaHCO₃ (23 mg, 0.27 mmol) and MgSO₄ (82 mg, 0.68 mmol) in H₂O (7 mL) followed by the addition of solid potassium permanganate (156 mg, 0.99 mmol) in one portion. After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture is extracted with Et₂O/hexane (1/1) until no product left in aqueous layer. The combined organic extracts are dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to dryness to afford 1-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-2-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]ethane-1,2-dione (95 mg, 62%) as an oil. MS (+) ES: 342 (M+H)⁺.

To a solution of 1-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-2-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]ethane-1,2-dione (90 mg, 0.26 mmol) in EtOH (5.0 mL) is added N-methylguanidine hydrochloride (31 mg, 0.29 mmol) and a solution of Na₂CO₃ (54 mg, 0.52 mmol) in H₂O (0.5 mL). After refluxing for 2 h, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator. The crude mixture is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/2.0M methanolic NH₃: 90/10) to give the title compound (74 mg, 72%) as a solid. mp: 195-197° C. MS (−) ES: 395 (M−H)⁻.

Example 69 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 68 to give the title compound as an oil (77%) mp: 104-106° C., MS (−) ES: 431 (M−H)⁻.

Example 70 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl]-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 68 to give the title compound as an oil (78%). mp: 70-72° C. MS (−) ES: 370 (M−H)⁻.

Example 71 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[3-(cyclopropylmethoxy)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound was prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 68 to give the title compound as an oil (73%) mp 78-80° C., MS (+) ES: 408 (M+H)⁺.

Example 72 Preparation of 1-(Difluoromethoxy)-4-ethynylbenzene

A solution of 1-(difluoromethoxy)-4-iodobenzene (12.7 g, 50 mmol) in triethylamine (175 mL) was treated with tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (4.0 g, 3.5 mmol), copper iodide (925 mg, 4.85 mmol), and a solution of ethynyl(trimethyl)silane (6.9 mL, 50 mmol) in acetonitrile at room temperature, stirred for 1 h at 60° C. and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was dissolved in Et₂O, filtered and the filtrated was concentrated in vacuo. This residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:5/95) to give {[4-(difluoromethoxy)-phenyl]ethynyl}(trimethyl)silane (11.5 g, 96%) as an oil.

A solution of {[4-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl]ethynyl}(trimethyl)silane (10.0 g, 41.7 mmol) in MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (1/1) was treated with cesium carbonate (16.3 g, 50 mmol) at room temperature, stirred for 1.5 h, diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and filtered through a pad of silica gel. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give the title compound (6.8 g, 97%) as an oil, identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses. MS (+) EI:168.

Examples 73-78 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[4-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl]-5-heteroaryl-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 68 and employing 1-(difluoromethoxy)-4-ethynylbenzene and the desired iodoheteroaryl reagent, the compounds shown in Table V were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE V

Ex. mp No X Y R R5 ° C. M + H 73 NR N 2-fluoroethyl H 140-142 368 74 NR N 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl H  70-72 404 75 NR N benzyl H  74-76 412 76 NR N pentyl H 138-140 392 77 NR CH H propionyl 108-110 377 78 NR CH methyl propionyl 171-173 389*

Example 79 Preparation of 4-[(3-bromophenyl)ethynyl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole

To a solution of 4-iodo-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole (4.14 g, 15 mmol) in triethylamine (53 mL) is added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)paddadium (1.20 g, 1.04 mmol), copper iodide (0.28 g, 1.46 mmol) and a solution of 1-bromo-3-ethynylbenzene (2.78 g, 15 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL) at room temperature. After heating for 1 hour at 80° C., the reaction mixture is cooled and concentrated. The crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:5/95) to give the title compound as a solid (4.91 g, 99%). mp: 107-109° C. MS (+) EI: 328 M⁺.

Example 80 Preparation of 1-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]ethane-1,2-dione

To a solution of 4-[(3-bromophenyl)ethynyl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole (4.90 g, 14.9 mmol) in acetone (150 mL) is added a warm (˜40° C.) solution of NaHCO₃ (0.75 g, 8.9 mmol) and MgSO₄ (2.70 g, 22.4 mmol) in H₂O (150 mL) followed by the addition of solid potassium permanganate (5.2 g, 32.8 mmol) in one portion. After stirring for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction mixture is extracted with a solution of Et₂O/hexane (1/1) until no product left in aqueous layer. The combined organic extracts is dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound (4.4 g, 82%) as a solid. mp: 66-67° C. MS (−) ES: 359 (M−H)⁻.

Example 81 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

To a solution of 1-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]ethane-1,2-dione (2.4 g, 6.7 mmol) in EtOH (70 mL) is added N-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.8 g, 7.3 mmol) and a solution of Na₂CO₃ (1.41 g, 13.3 mmol) in H₂O (7 mL). After refluxing for 1 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated. The crude material is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/2.0M methanolic NH₃: 90/10) to give the title compound (2.2 g, 79%) as a solid. mp: 80-82° C. MS (+) ES: 416 (M+H)⁺.

Examples 82-89 Preparation of 2-amino-3-methyl-5-(3-arylphenyl)-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-ones

A solution of 2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (104 mg, 0.25 mmol) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether was treated with the appropriate boronic acid (0.5 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (29 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2.0M aqueous sodium carbonate (0.5 mL, 1.0 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hour and cooled. After evaporation of the solvent, the crude mixture was purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/2.0M ethanolic NH₃: 92/8) to give the compounds shown in Table VI. These compounds were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE VI

Ex. mp No. R7 (° C.) (M + H)⁺ 82 3-methoxyphenyl  95-97 444 83 3-ethoxyphenyl  88-90 458 84 2,5-difluorophenyl  98-100 448* 85 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl 104-106 462 86 5-cyano-2-fluorophenyl 118-120 457 87 2,3-difluorophenyl 103-105 450 88 pyridin-3-yl 202-204 415 89 3-pyrimidin-5-yl 223-225 416 *(M − H)⁻

Example 90 Preparation of 4-(3-benzyloxyphenylethynyl)-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole

The title compound is prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 79 to give the title compound as a yellow solid (70%), mp: 84-86° C. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃): δ (ppm) 4.67 (q, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 8H), 7.70 (d, 2H).

Example 91 Preparation of 1-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)-2-[1-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]ethane-1,2-dione

The title compound is prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 80 to give the title compound as a solid (92%). ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆): δ (ppm) 5.15 (s, 2H), 5.20 (q, 2H), 7.20-7.50 (m, 9H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H).

Example 92 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[3-(benzyloxy)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound is prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 81 to give the title compound as a solid (68%) mp: 85-87° C., MS (+) ES: 444 (M+H)⁺.

Example 93 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 2-amino-5-[3-(benzyloxy)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (330 mg, 0.74 mmol) and Pd/C (33 mg) in ethanol (10 ml) is hydrogenated at 45 psi overnight. After removal of the catalyst by filtration, the filtrate is concentrated. The crude material is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/2.0M ethanolic NH₃: 90/10 to 80/20) to afford the title compound as a solid 250 mg (95%). mp: 118-120° C. MS (+) ES: 354 (M+H)⁺.

Example 94 Preparation of 4-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenylethynyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole

The title compound is prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 64 to give the title compound as a solid (55%). ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆): δ (ppm) 1.36 (d, 6H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H).

Example 95 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

The title compound is prepared using essentially the same procedure described in Example 68 to give the title compound as a solid (80%) mp: 80-82° C., MS (+) ES: 395 (M+H)⁺.

Examples 96-98 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(4-fluoro-3-substituted-phenyl)-5-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 82 and employing the appropriated boronic acid reagent, the compounds shown in Table VII were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE VII

Ex. mp No. R7 (° C.) (M + H)⁺ 96 pyrimidin-5-yl 110-113 394 97 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 115-117 411 98 3-methoxyphenyl 112-114 422

Examples 99-108 Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-heteroarylphenyl)-5-(1-substituted-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedures described in Examples 1 and 62-75 and employing the appropriate 5-pyrazol-4-yl hydantoin substrate and boronic acid reagent, the compounds shown in Table VIII were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE VIII

Ex. mp No. R R7 (° C.)  99 2-ethylbutyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl  75-80 100 cyclopentyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 106-109 101 3,3-dimethylbutyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 100-103 102 3-methylbutyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl  86-90 103 benzyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl  94-97 104 2-cyclohexylethyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl  88-90 105 cyclopentyl pyrimidin-5-yl 112-115 106 3,3-dimethylbutyl pyrimidin-5-yl  93-96 107 2-cyclohexylethyl pyrimidin-5-yl 102-105 108 3-methylbutyl pyrimidin-5-yl  87-90

Example 109 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(5-butylthien-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) (5-Butyl-thiophen-2-yl)-oxo-acetic acid ethyl ester

To a 0° C. solution containing 2-butyl-thiophene (5 g, 35.6 mmol) dissolved in benzene (90 mL) and diethyloxalate (5.1 g, 35.6 mmol) was added (dropwise) a solution containing TiCl₄ (6.7 g, 35.6 mmol) dissolved in benzene (10 mL). The reaction was let stir at 5° C. for 1 h then poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with ether. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, then dried over MgSO₄, filtered and stripped. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel in hexane/ethyl acetate 20:1. A yellow oil (4 g, 46% yield) was recovered. MS m/e 241 (M)⁺; ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.4 (m, 5H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, 1H).

Step b) (5-Butyl-thiophen-2-yl)-oxo-acetic acid

To solution containing (5-butyl-thiophen-2-yl)-oxo-acetic acid ethyl ester (Step a, 1 g, 4.2 mmol) dissolved in ethanol 10 mL) was added K₂CO₃ 2N (10 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature 6 h. The ethanol was removed under reduce pressure and the residue taken in water (50 mL) then washed with ether. The aqueous was separated and made acidic with concentrated HCl then extracted with CHCl₃ (2×). The organic layers were separated and combined and dried over MgSO₄, then filtered and stripped. A white solid (0.6 g, 67% yield) was recovered. MS m/e 211 (M)⁻; ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.3 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 4.3 (b, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, 1H).

Step c) 1-(5-Butyl-thiophen-2-yl)-2-phenyl-ethane-1,2-dione

Into a flask containing THF (60 mL) was added copper (II) bromide (5.7 g, 40 mmol) followed by lithium bromide (6.8 g, 80 mmol). The reaction was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of 4-methyl-phenylmagnesium bromide (1N) in ether (48 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred 10 min and a solution containing (5-butyl-thiophen-2-yl)-oxo-acetyl chloride was added dropwise over 20 min at 0° C. The reaction was poured into HCl 1N (aqueous) and extracted with ether. The organic layer was separated and washed with NaOH 2.5N (aqueous), then brine and dried over MgSO₄, filtered and stripped. MS m/e 273 (M)⁻; ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz) δ 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.3 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 7.6 (t, 2H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 7.8 (m, 1H), 7.9 (d, 2H).

Step d) 2-Amino-5-(5-butylthien-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

1-(5-butyl-thiophen-2-yl)-2-phenyl-ethane-1,2-dione was dissolved in a solution containing ethanol (15 mL) and water (3 mL). Into this mixture was added 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.32 g, 3 mmol), and followed by K₂CO₃ (1.2 g, 0.9 mmol). The reaction was set to reflux 3 h, and then cooled to room temperature and the ethanol removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was taken in water (50 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃ (3×). The organic layers were separated and combined, then dried over MgSO₄, filtered and stripped. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel in 10% methanol/ethyl acetate. A white solid was obtained. MS m/e 328 (M)⁺; ¹HNMR (DMSO-d_(6,) 300 MHz) δ0.9 (m, 3H), 1.2 (m, 2H), 1.5 (m, 1H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 6.6 (b, 2H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 7.2 (m, 3H), 7.5 (m, 2H).

Example 110 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-5-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) 1-[5-(4-Fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-2-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)ethane-1,2-dione

One equivalent of 4-methoxy-3-methyl-benzyl-triphenyl-phosphonium chloride was reacted with 5-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid chloride (3 mmol) to give 1-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-2-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)ethane-1,2-dione as a yellow solid (0.26 g, 25% yield, mp 165° C.); MS m/e (M−H)⁻ 354; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ ppm 2.21 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 7.10 (t, 2H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.91 (m, 1H).

Step b) 2-Amino-5-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-5-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using substantially the same procedure described in Example 1, step d, and employing 1-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-2-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)ethane-1,2-dione and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride, the title compound was obtained as a white solid; mp 110° C.; MS m/e (M−H)⁻ 408; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 6.70 (bs, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H).

Example 111 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-5-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) 4-(4-Fluorophenyl)thiophene-2-benzoyl chloride

4-(4-Fluorophenyl)thiophene-2-carboxcylic acid (1 g, 4.5 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of CH₂Cl₂ with 1 drop DMF, to this was then added oxalyl chloride (1.1 g, 9.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then stripped of solvent under reduced pressure. The product was carried to the next step without any further purification.

Step b) 1-[4-(4-Fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-2-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)ethane-1,2-dione

Using substantially the same procedure described in Example 93, step a, and employing 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiophene-2-benzoyl chloride and 3-methyl, 4-methoxy-benzyl triphenylphosphonium chloride, 1-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-2-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)ethane-1,2-dione was obtained as a yellow solid, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 2.2 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (t, 2H), 7.8 (m, 4H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H).

Step c) 2-Amino-5-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-5-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 93, step b, and employing 1-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)thien-2-yl]-2-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)ethane-1,2-dione and methylguanidine, the title product was obtained as a tan solid, MS m/e (M)-408; ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 2.1 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 6.8 (b, 2H), 6.6 (dd, 1H), 7.2 (t, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.6 (m, 3H).

Example 112 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(3bromophenyl)-5-[5-(2-ethyl-[1,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-thiophen-3-yl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Step a)

A stirred suspension of aluminum trichloride (6.27 g, 47.1 mmol) in chloroform at room temperature was treated sequentially with 2-(1-propionyl)thiophene (3.00 g, 21.4 mmol) and bromine (3.60 g, 22.4 mmol), stirred for 17 h, poured into iced water and diluted with methylene chloride. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with methylene chloride. The extracts and the organic phase were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2 (5.51 g, 117%) as a dark orange oil: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.59 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 219 [C₇H₇BrOS+H]⁺.

Step b)

A mixture of 2 (5.51 g, ca. 85% purity, 21.4 mmol), ethylene glycol (2.02 g, 32.6 mmol) and p-toluene sulfonic acid (0.40 g, 2.14 mmol) in benzene was heated under Dean-Stark conditions for 22 h. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and the solvents evaporated. Purification of the resultant concentrate by flash chromatography (silica, 90:10 hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded 3 (4.96 g, 88%) as an orange liquid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.13 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06-3.92 (m, 4H), 1.99 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Step c)

A solution of 3 (2.00 g, 7.60 mmol) in ether at −78° C. was treated dropwise with n-BuLi (4.20 mL of a 1.98 M solution in hexanes, 8.30 mmol), stirred for 30 min, treated dropwise with a solution of iodine (2.10 g, 8.3 mmol) in ether, stirred at −60° C. for a further 30 min, treated with saturated ammonium chloride solution and diluted with ethyl acetate. The phases were separated. The organic phase was washed sequentially with 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification of the resultant concentrate by flash chromatography (silica, 90:10 hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded 4 (1.62 g, 68%) as an orange oil which was a 3:1 mixture of product to starting material: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.29 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.94 (m, 4H), 1.99 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Step d)

A mixture of 4 (1.62 g, 5.20 mmol), 3-bromophenylethyne (1.04 g, 5.70 mmol), dichloro(bistriphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.11 g, 0.15 mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.02 g, 0.10 mmol) and triethylamine (2.63 g, 26.0 mmol) in dimethylformamide was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification of the resultant concentrate by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5 to 90:10 hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded 6 (1.07 g, 57%) as a colorless liquid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.64 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.95 (m, 4H), 2.02 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 363 [C₁₇H₁₅BrO₂S+H]⁺.

Step e)

A stirred solution of 6 (1.05 g, 2.89 mmol) in acetone was treated with a solution of sodium bicarbonate (0.145 g, 1.73 mmol) and magnesium sulfate (0.690 g, 5.78 mmol) in water, followed by potassium permanganate (1.14 g, 7.20 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, treated with a further portion of potassium permanganate (0.45 g, 2.84 mmol), stirred for an additional 2.25 h, diluted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate and water) and filtered. The filtrate was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were combined with the filtrate organic layer, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification of the resultant concentrate by flash chromatography (silica, 90:10 to 80:20 hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded 7 (0.63 g, 55%) as a yellow oil: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.15 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.92 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.07-3.96 (m, 4H), 2.03 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 395 [C₁₇H₁₅BrO₄S+H]⁺.

Step f)

A mixture of 7 (0.63 g, 1.59 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.78 g, 7.15 mmol) in dioxane and ethanol was stirred at room temperature for 5 min, treated with a solution of sodium carbonate (0.75 g, 7.15 mmol) in water, stirred and heated at 80° C. for 1 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic layer was separated and washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification of the resultant concentrate by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.5 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded a viscous oil, which was coevaporated from methylene chloride and hexanes to afford the title compound (0.55 g, 77%) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70 (br s, 1H), 7.50-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.95 (br s, 1H), 4.03-3.90 (m, 4H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 1.99 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.90 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 450 [C₁₉H₂₀BrN₃O₃S+H]⁺.

Examples 113 and 114 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[5-(2-ethyl-[1,3]-dioxolan-2-yl)-thiophen-3-yl-5-(3-heteroarylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 75 and employing the appropriate heteroaryl boronic acid the compounds shown in Table IX are obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE IX

Ex. mp No. R7 (° C.) 113 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl  93-103 114 pyrimidin-5-yl 105-112

Example 115 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-thiophen-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 2-amino-5-[5-(2-ethyl-[1,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-thiophen-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (0.11 g, 0.23 mmol) in diethyl ether and 1 N HCl was heated at reflux temperature for 1 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with methylene chloride and basified to pH 9 using 2 N sodium hydroxide. The phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant concentrate was freeze dried from 1:1 acetonitrile/water (4 mL) to afford the title compound as a white solid, 0.069 g (71% yield), mp 98-112° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.19 (dt, J=4.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.61-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.88 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 423 [C₂₂H₁₉FN₄O₂S+H].

Example 116 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-yl-phenyl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 115 and employing 2-amino-5-[5-(2-ethyl-[1,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-thiophen-3-yl]-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-yl-phenyl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one as starting material, the title product was obtained as a white solid, mp 167-172° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.19 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 2H), 7.76-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.48 (m, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.87 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 406 [C₂₁H₁₉N₅O₂S+H]⁺;

Example 117 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 115 and employing 2-amino-5-[5-(2-ethyl-[1,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-thiophen-3-yl]-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one as starting material, the title product was obtained; ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) □ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.5 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.65 (brs, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 328

Example 118 Preparation of Methyl 4-[2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidinyl-5-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate

Step a) 4-Iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester

To a solution of 300 mL of dry methanol was added 0.52 gm (0.023 mol) of sodium and the solution was stirred until all sodium was reacted. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and 19.5 gm (0.057 mol) of 2,2,2-trichloro-1-(4-iodo-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-ethanone was added as a solid over a 15 min period. After 15 min at 0° C. the solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for an additional 2 h. The solvents were removed at reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in diethyl ether. The ether layer was washed with H₂O, saturated brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvents removed at reduced pressure. The solid was recystallized from hot hexanes-trace EtOAc to yield 13.7 gm (95% yield) of a light brown solid. This was used without further purification.

Step b) 1-(2-Fluoro-ethyl)-4-iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester

To a solution of 2.87 gm (0.013 mol) of toluene-4-sulfonic acid 2-fluoro-ethyl ester in 50 mL of DMF was added 1.81 gm (0.013 mol) of potassium carbonate, 0.2 gm (1.2 mmol) of tetraethylammonium chloride and 3.0 gm (0.012 mol) of 4-iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. The reaction mixture was heated to 70° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and added to 350 mL of EtOAc. The organic layer was washed 3 times (100 mL) with H₂O, once with saturated brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvents removed at reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of hexanes to 2%-3% EtOAc-hexanes yielded 3.2 gm (90% yield) of a white solid (m.p. 49-50.5° C.). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H,), 6.93 (s, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H).

Step c) 4-(3-Bromo-4-fluoro-phenylethynyl)-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester

To a solution of 0.88 gm (4.44 mmol) of 2-bromo-4-ethynyl-1-fluoro-benzene, 0.129 gm (0.185 mmol) bis-triphenylphosphine-palladium dichloride, 0.021 gm (0.11 mmol), 2.8 mL (0.02 mol) of triethylamine in 25 mL of DMF was added 1.10 gm (3.70 mmol) of 1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-4-iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was added to 300 mL of EtOAc and washed twice with H₂O (100 mL), once with saturated brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvents removed at reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of 2%-4% EtOAc-hexanes yielded 0.96 gm (71% yield) of a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.61 (m, 2H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H,), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H, J=1.74 Hz), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.67 (dd, 1H, J=1.97, 6.61 Hz).

Step d) 4-[2-(3-Bromo-4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-acetyl]-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester

To a solution of 0.95 gm (2.6 mmol) of 4-(3-bromo-4-fluoro-phenylethynyl)-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester in 20 mL of acetone was added 0.46 (3.85 mmol) MgSO₄. While stirring at room temperature 0.13 gm (1.54 mmol) of NaHCO₃ in 12 mL of distilled H₂O was added and then 0.89 gm (5.65 mmol) of KMnO₄ was added as a solid over a 5 minute period. The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 h. 150 mL of 1:1 EtOAc-hexanes was added and the mixture was filtered through celite. The organic layer was diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc and washed twice with H₂O (100 mL), saturated brine then dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvents were removed at reduced pressure. This was used without further purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H,), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1H, J=1.8 Hz), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H, J=2.1, 6.72 Hz).

Step e) 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromo-4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester

To a solution of 0.742 gm (1.85 mmol) of 4-[2-(3-bromo-4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-acetyl]-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester in 18 mL of MeOH and 21 mL of dioxane in a pressure tube was added 0.40 gm (3.7 mmol) of N-methylguanidine hydrochloride. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min, 0.41 gm (3.9 mmol) of Na₂CO₃ in 5.2 mL of H₂O was added and the reaction mixture was sealed and heated to 85° C. for 4 h. The mixture was cooled and the solvents removed at reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) and washed with H₂O (100 mL), saturated brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvent removed at reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of EtOAc to 3% MeOH-EtOAc yielded 0.64 gm (76% yield) of a white foam. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.59 (m, 2H,), 4.71 (m, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, 1H, J=8.47 Hz), 7.50 (m, 1H), 8.28 (dd, 1H, J=2.2, 4.41 Hz).

Step f) 4-[2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-yl-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester

In a pressure tube was put 2 mL of MeOH and 2 mL of toluene. The solution was degassed with argon and 7.5 mg (0.008 mmol) of Pd₂(dba)₃ and 8.6 mg of triphenylphosphine was added under an argon atmosphere. After 15 min stirring at room temperature, 47.0 mg (0.38 mmol) of 5-pyrimidyl-boronic acid, 83 mg (0.78 mmol) of Na₂CO₃, and 125 mg (0.27 mmol) of 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromo-4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester was added and the reaction sealed heated to 110° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with 100 mL of CHCl₃, filtered through celite and the solvent removed at reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of EtOAc to 2%-8% MeOH-EtOAc yielded 0.08 gm (64% yield) of a white solid (mp 88-90° C.). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 2H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=8.66 Hz), 7.65 (m, 2H), 8.88 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z 455.1 ([M+H])⁺; MS (ESI) m/z 453.1 ([M−H])⁻.

Example 119 Preparation of Methyl 4-[(4S)2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidinyl-5-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (A) and of Methyl 4-[(4R)2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidinyl-5-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (B)

A racemic mixture of methyl 4-[2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidinyl-5-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title enantiomeric products:

A: Methyl 4-[(4S)2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidinyl-5-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; mp 186-188° C.; [α]_(D) −83.2 (c 1.0, MeOH); MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 455.2; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 2H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=8.66 Hz), 7.65 (m, 2H), 8.88 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H); and

B: Methyl 4-[(4R)2-Amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidinyl-5-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate; mp 186-188 C; [α]_(D) +72.8 (c 1.0, MeOH); MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 455.1; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ3.15 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 2H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=8.66 Hz), 7.65 (m, 2H), 8.88 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H).

Examples 120-128 Preparation of Alkyl 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-heteroarylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(substituted)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 118 and employing the appropriate dione and a suitable heteroaryl boronic acid, the compounds shown in Table X are obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE X

Ex. mp No R R4 R7 R8 (° C.) 120 CH₂CF₃ CO₂CH₃ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl F 124-128 121 CH₂CF₃ CO₂CH₃ pyrimidin-5-yl F 182-184 122 CH₂CH₂F CO₂CH₃ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl F 127-128 123 CH₂CH₃ CO₂CH₃ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl F 113-115 124 CH₂CH₂F CO₂CH(CH₃)₂ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl F 117-118 125 CH₂CH₃ CO₂C₂H₅ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl F 114-115 126* CH₂CF₃ CO₂CH₃ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl F 124-126 127 CH₂CH₂F CO₂CH(CH₃)₂ pyrimidin-5-yl F 167-170 128 CH₂CH₃ CONHCH₃ 2-F-pyridin-3-yl OC₂H₅ 148-150 *R isomer

Example 129 Preparation of N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-butyramide

Step a) Preparation of Compound 3

A mixture of 1 (Prepared according to the procedure described in Gang, L. et al. J. Med. Chem. 2003, 46, 4232-4235; 4.08 g, 18.9 mmol), 2 (5.30 g, 17.2 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.36 g, 0.51 mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.064 g, 0.34 mmol) and triethylamine (8.7 g, 86.0 mmol) in dimethylformamide (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h and then at 40° C. for a further 1 h. After this time, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and water (150 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 80:20 to 50:50 hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded 2 (4.80 g, 70%) as a dark red oil: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.56 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.14 (dt, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 9H), 1.40 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Step b) Preparation of Compound 4

A mixture of 3 (4.20 g, 10.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (55 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Ethyl magnesium bromide (7.8 mL of a 3.0 M solution in diethyl ether, 23.3 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 5 min and then at room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL) and then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 80:20 hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded 4 (2.18 g, 56%) as a pale yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.56 (br s, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.14 (dt, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.48 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H), 1.38 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Step c) Preparation of Compound 5

A mixture of 4 (0.500 g, 1.36 mmol), potassium permanganate (0.537 g, 3.40 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (0.068 g, 0.82 mmol) and magnesium sulfate (0.327 g, 2.72 mmol) in acetone (60 mL) and water (30 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was heated at 40° C. for an additional 2.5 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexanes (200 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was then separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (3×40 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford 5 (0.450 g, 83%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.93 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 4.39 (dd, J=14.3, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (dd, J=14.7, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H), 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Step d) Preparation of Compound 6

A mixture of 5 (0.450 g, 0.88 mmol) and 4 M HCl/dioxane (2.25 mL) in dioxane (7 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 h then heated to 50° C. for 1 h. After this time additional 4 M HCl/dioxane (2.25 mL) and dioxane (10 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for an additional 17 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to half the original volume then diluted with ether (50 mL). The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with ether to afford 6 (0.164 g, 56%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 2H), 4.38-4.36 (m, 2H), 2.83 (dd, J=14.2, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.38-1.33 (m, 3H), 1.21-1.15 (m, 3H).

Step e) Preparation of Compound 7

A mixture of 6 (0.164 g, 0.49 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.158 g, 1.23 mmol) in methyelene chloride was cooled to 0° C. then butyryl chloride (0.56 ml, 0.54 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After this time the mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and washed with aqueous 1 N HCl solution (50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 1:4 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 7 (0.154 g, 85%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.05-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 4.39 (dd, J=14.3, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.90-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.35 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.83-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.38 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.12 (m, 3H), 1.03-0.96 (m, 3H); ESI MS m/z 369 [C₂₁H₂₄N₂O₄+H]⁺.

Step f) Preparation of N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-butyramide

A mixture of 7 (0.154 g, 0.42 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.206 g, 1.88 mmol) in dioxane (4.0 mL) and ethanol (1.6 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. A solution of sodium carbonate (0.199 g, 1.88 mmol) in water (4.0 mL) was then added, the flask immersed into an oil bath at 85° C. and the contents stirred for 2 h. After this time the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue obtained was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and water (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (25 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.25 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product as a glass (0.120 g, 67%). A portion of the glass (0.050 g) was triturated with methelyene chloride and hexanes to afford the title product (0.027 g) as a white solid: mp 201-205° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.58 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J=7.4, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (dd, J=14.2, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.31 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), ESI MS m/z 424 [C₂₃H₂₉N₅O₃+H]⁺.

Example 130 Preparation of N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-propionamide

Step a) Preparation of Compound 2

A mixture of 1 (0.250 g, 0.75 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.243 g, 1.88 mmol) in methyelene chloride was cooled to 0° C. then propionyl chloride (0.076 g, 0.82 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After this time the mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and washed with aqueous 1 N HCl (50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 1:4 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2 (0.238 g, 89%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.03 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 4.39 (dd, J=14.3, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (dd, J=14.8, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (dd, J=15.1, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 355 [C₂₀H₂₂N₂O₄+H]⁺.

Step b) Preparation of N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-propionamide

A mixture of 2 (0.079 g, 0.22 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.110 g, 1.01 mmol) in dioxane (2.0 mL) and ethanol (0.8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. A solution of sodium carbonate (0.107 g, 1.01 mmol) in water (2.0 mL) was then added, the flask immersed into an oil bath at 85° C. and stirred at this temperature for 2 h. After this time the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue obtained was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and water (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (25 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.25 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product (0.055 g, 61%) as a colorless oil, which was solidified from methylene chloride and hexanes to afford the title product (0.033 g) as a white solid: mp 120-141° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J=10.5, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (dd, J=14.2, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.75 (dd, J=14.8, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (dd, J=15.1, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), ESI MS m/z 410 [C₂₂H₂₇N₅O₃+H]⁺.

Example 131 Preparation of N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-acetamide

Step a) Preparation of Compound 2

A mixture of 1 (0.250 g, 0.75 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.243 g, 1.88 mmol) in methyelene chloride was cooled to 0° C. then methoxyacetyl chloride (0.089 g, 0.82 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After this time the mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and washed with aqueous 1 N HCl (50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 1:4 ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2 (0.260 g, 94%) as a yellow solid: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.48 (m, 2H), 4.40 (dd, J=14.3, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.86 (dd, J=14.8, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 371 [C₂₀H₂₂N₂O₅+H]⁺.

Step b) Preparation of N-{3-[2-amino-4-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-acetamide

A mixture of 2 (0.087 g, 0.23 mmol) and 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.116 g, 1.06 mmol) in dioxane (2.0 mL) and ethanol (0.8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. A solution of sodium carbonate (0.112 g, 1.06 mmol) in water (2.0 mL) was then added, the flask immersed into an oil bath at 85° C. and stirred at this temperature for 2 h. After this time the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue obtained was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and water (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (25 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica, 95:5:0.25 methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) afforded the title product (0.065 g, 66%) as a colorless oil, which was solidified from methylene chloride and hexanes to afford the title product (0.042 g) as a white solid: mp 95-115° C.; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=10.1, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (dd, J=14.3, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.76 (dd, J=14.8, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), ESI MS m/z 426 [C₂₂H₂₇N₅O₄+H]⁺.

Example 132 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-propoxyphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of 2,2,2-Trichloro-1(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)ethanone

Under a nitrogen atmosphere to a solution of trichloroacetyl chloride (45 g, 246 mmol) in ether was added dropwise a solution of pyrrole (15.6 g, 233 mmol) in ether over 3 hours. The heat of reaction caused the mixture to reflux during the addition. Following the addition the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Under cooling (5° C.) a solution of potassium carbonate (20 g, 145 mmol) in water was added slowly. The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, treated with charcoal and filtered. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in hexane. The dark colored solution was cooled in the refrigerator and the product crystallized (38 g, 77% yield, tan solid), ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSOd₆) δ 6.31-6.33 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 2H), MS m/e (M−H)⁻ 209.9.

Step b) Preparation of 2,2,2-Trichloro-1(4-iodo-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)ethanone

Under a nitrogen atmosphere to a cold (0° C.) suspension of 2,2,2-Trichloro-1(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)ethanone (21.1 g, 99.3 mmol) and silver trifluoroacetate (23.2 g, 105 mmol) in chloroform was added iodine (25.4 g, 100 mmol) portionwise over 10 minutes. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. This was filtered through celite and washed with chloroform. The organic phase was washed sequentially with 5% Na₂S₂O₅, water, brine, dried (MgSO₄) and filtered. Evaporation and trituration with 80% hexane/ether (80 mL) gave the title compound as a white solid (25.5 g, 78% yield), mp 140° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), (9.5 (bs, 1H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 339.

Step c) Preparation of Ethyl-4-iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester

Under a nitrogen atmosphere to a solution of 2,2,2-trichloro-1(4-iodo-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)ethanone (9 g, 26.6 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added Cs₂CO₃ (17.4 g, 53.2 mmol) and stirred for 10 minutes. To this was then added a solution of iodoethane (8.72 g, 55.86 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). The new mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. A worked up TLC sample indicated the reaction was complete. DMF was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken back in a mixture of saturated aqueous NH₄Cl:H₂O (1:1, 200 mL) solution and extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with 5% Na₂S₂O₅, dried (MgSO₄) and filtered. Evaporation and purification by flash chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate 9.7/0.3) gave light yellow oil (7 g, 89% yield), ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 1.3 (t, 3H), 1.35 (t, 3H), 4.22 (q 2H), 4.3 (q, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), MS m/e (M)⁺ 293.

Step d) Preparation of 1-Ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester

Argon was gently bubbled to a mixture of ethyl-4-iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.1 g, 14 mmol), CuI (0.14 g, 0.76 mmol), Et₃N (40 ml, 287 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphosphine) palladium (0) (0.64 g, 0.554 mmol) in ACN (20 mL) over 5 minutes. A prepared solution of 1-ethynyl-3-methoxy-benzene (2.03 g, 15.4 mmol) in ACN (5 mL) was added into it and the new mixture was reflux under Nitrogen for 3 hours. The resulting brown colored reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The concentrate was diluted with water and extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with saturated aqueous solution of NH₄Cl, brine, dried (MgSO₄) and filtered. Evaporation and purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (Hexane/EtOAc 9.7/0.3) gave the title compound as a yellow brownish oil (3.6 g, 84% yield), ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 1.31-1.34 (t, 3H), 1.38-1.40 (t, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.25-4.27 (q, 2H), 4.30-4.33 (q, 2H), 6.83 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 3H), 7.19 (m, 1H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 298.1.

Step e) Preparation of 1-Ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl amide

To a solution of 1-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.5 g, 11.76 mmol) in dioxane (70 mL) was added LiOH (2M, 35 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in H₂O (30 ml) and extracted with ether. Under cooling the aqueous was acidified with HCl (3N) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were dried over MgSO₄. Evaporation and recrystallzation from ether and hexane gave the 1-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid intermediate as light yellow solid (2.55 g, 79% yield), mp 129° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 1.26 (t, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.26-4.28 (q, 2H), 6.96-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.0 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 12.46 (bs, 1H), MS m/e (M−H)⁻ 268.1.

This intermediate (2.5 g, 9.28 mmol) was treated with oxalyl chloride (4.1 mL, 46.4 mmol), DMF (2 drops) in methylene chloride (70 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to give 1-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid chloride (2.7 g, 9.38 mmol) after a usual workup. 1-Ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid chloride (2.7 g, 9.38 mmol) was diluted with methylene chloride (35 mL) and added to a prepared solution of N,O, dimethyl-hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.6 g, 46.4 mmol) and diisopropyl-ethyl amine (13 mL, 74.3 mmol) in methylene chloride (35 mL) over 5 minutes. The reaction was complete after 4 hours. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken back in a mixture of saturated aqueous NH₄Cl:H₂O (1:1, 150 mL) solution and extracted with ether. Combined ether extracts were washed with brine dried (MgSO₄) and filtered. Evaporation and purification by flash chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate 9/1) gave the title compound as a light yellow oil (2.48 g g, 82% yield), ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) □ 1.35-1.37 (t, 3H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.29-4.30 (q, 2H), 6.83 (m, 1H), 6.99 (m, 2H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 7.19 (m, 1H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 313.1.

Step f) Preparation of 1-[1-Ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-propan-1-one

Under a nitrogen atmosphere to a cold (0° C.) solution of 1-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl amide (2.48 g, 7.93 mmol) in THF (40 ml) was added EtMgBr solution (1 molar in THF, 16 mL) over 10 minutes. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours, then poured into ice/1 N HCl solution and extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ and evaporated to dryness. The resultant residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate 9.5/0.5) to give the title compound as an off white solid (1.8 g, 80% yield), mp 64° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 1.16 (t, 3H), 1.35 (t, 3H), 2.8 (q, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.35 (q 2H), 6.85 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.03 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.08 (m, 1H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 282.1.

Step g) Preparation of 1-(1-Ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3yl)-2-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-ethane-1,2-dione

To a solution of 1-[1-ethyl-4-(3-methoxy-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-propan-1-one. (1.8 g, 6.39 mmol) in acetone was added MgSO₄ (1 g, 8.95 mmol) followed by an aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (0.32 g, 3.83 mmol) in H₂O and KMnO₄ (2 g, 12.78 mmol). The suspension was stirred for 20 hours, then diluted with H₂O and ether and filtered through a pad of solka floc. The organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ and evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound as a light yellow solid (1.5 g, 75% yield), mp 97° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 1.16 (t, 3H), 1.38 (t, 3H), 2.83 (q, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.36 (q, 2H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.55 (m, 3H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 314.1

Step h) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1-H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 107, step b, and employing 1-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3yl)-2-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-ethane-1,2-dione (1.5 g, 4.78 mmol), the title product was obtained as a white solid (1.37 g, 77% yield), mp 79° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.18 (t, 3H), 2.70 (q, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.22 (q, 2H), 6.55 (bs, 2H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.02 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 369.2.

Step i) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1-H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Boron tribromide (1M in dichloromethane, 21 mL, 21.17 mmol) was added dropwise to a cold (−78° C.) suspension of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1-H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (1.3 g, 3.52 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 20 h, and poured slowly into cold (0° C.) ethyl ether, treated slowly with methanol over a 10 minute period, basified to pH 8 at 0° C. with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and extracted with CHCl₃. The combined CHCl₃ extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ and evaporated to dryness. The resultant residue was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate/methylene chloride/methyl alcohol/triethyl amine, 5/4.4/0.5/0.1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.95 g, 72% yield), mp 101° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.99 (t, 3H), 1.17 (t, 3H), 2.66-2.68 (q, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H). 4.19-4.21 (q, 2H), 6.5 (bs, 2H), 6.55 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.88 (m, 3H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 9.21 (bs, 1H), MS m/e (M−H)⁻ 353.1.

Step j) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-propoxyphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1-H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (0.08 g, 0.225 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was treated with Cs₂CO₃ (0.15 g, 0.45 mmol) and iodopropane (0.046 g, 0.27 mmol). The reaction mixture was sealed and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in CHCl₃ and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated. The resultant residue was purified by combi flash chromatography (ethyl acetate/methylene chloride/methyl alcohol/triethyl amine, 5/4.4/0.5/0.1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.04 g, 45% yield), mp 95° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.89-0.99 (dt, 6H), 1.15 (t, 3H), 1.64-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.9 (s, 3H), 3.81 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 6.50 (bs, 2H), 6.72-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 7.0-7.02 (m, 3H), 7.14 (m, 1H), MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 397.

Examples 133-140 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-propoxyphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 132, step j, and employing the appropriate alkyl iodide, the compounds shown on Table XI were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XI

Ex. mp No. R′ (° C.) (M − H)⁻ 133 pentyl 70 423.2 134 3,3-dimethylbutyl 93 437.2 135 2-fluoroethyl 76 399.2 136 butyl 76 411.2* 137 cyclopropylmethyl 86 407.2 138 isobutyl 78 411.2* 139 CN—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂ 68 421.2* 140 CH₂═CH—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂ 69 423.2* *(M + H)+

Example 141 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-propoxyphenyl)-5-thien-2-yl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 132 and employing 3-methoxyphenyl)-2-thien-2-ylethane-1,2-dione as starting material, the title product was obtained as a white solid, mp 79-81° C., identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses. ¹HNMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.9 (q, 2H), 6.8 (b, 3H) 7.0 (m, 1H), 7.1 (m, 3H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H); m/e (M)⁺ 330

Examples 142-148 Preparation of 2-Amino-3-methyl-5-(3-alkoxyphenyl)-5-thien-3-yl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 109 and employing 1-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-thien-3-ylethane-1,2-dione as starting material and the desired alkyl halide, R′X, wherein X is Cl, Br or I, the compounds shown in Table XII were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XII

Ex. mp M+ No. R′ (° C.) m/e 142 methyl 159-162 302.1 143 propyl 161-163 328 144 3-methylbutyl  84-88 358 145 pyridin-3-ylmethyl 210-213 379 146 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl  94-97 398 147 cyclohexylmethyl  88-90 384 148 isobutyl  70-73 344

Example 149 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, to a solution of 2-amino-5-(3-bromo-phenyl)-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (0.2 g, 0.51 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added Cs₂CO₃ (0.33 g, 1.02 mmol) and iodopropane (0.12 g, 0.70 mmol). The reaction mixture was sealed and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. DMF was removed in vacuo, the residue was taken back CHCl₃ and filtered. Evaporation and purification by combi flash chromatography (methylene chloride/methyl alcohol/triethyl amine, 9.5/0.4/0.1) gave the title compound as a white solid (0.16 g, 72% yield), mp 260° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 0.73 (t, 3H), 1.01 (t, 3H), 1.03 (q, 2H), 2.66 (m, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 4.12 (q, 2H), 6.6 (bs, 2H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), MS m/e (M−H)⁻ 429.1.

Step b) Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 43, step e, and employing 2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl boronic acid and 2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one as reactants, the title product was obtained as a white solid, mp 118° C., ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.73 (t, 3H), 0.96 (t, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 6.60 (bs, 2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 3H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 8.19, (m, 1H), m/e (M−H)⁻ 446.2.

Example 150 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-bromophenyl]-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 149, step a, and employing 2-fluoro-1-iodoethane, the title compound was obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses. ¹HNMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.5 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.65 (brs, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.2 (t, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 435

Example 151 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(2,5-difluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-[1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 149, step b, and employing

2,5-difluoropyridin-3-ylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses. ¹HNMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 470

Examples 152-182 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-carbonyl-1-substituted-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedures described hereinabove in Examples 132 and 149, the compounds shown in Table XIII were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XIII

Ex. mp No R8 R′ R″ ° C. 152 H 3-F-propyl ethyl 105 153 H 3-CH₃-butyl ethyl — 154 H H ethyl — 155 H ethyl ethyl 126-128 156 H ethyl methyl 123-124 157 H ethyl NHCH₃ 138-140 158 H ethyl NHC₂H₅ 132-135 159 H ethyl NH-n-propyl 120-123 160 H ethyl NH-n-butyl 118-120 161 H ethyl NH-isopropyl 121-123 162 H ethyl NH-cyclopentyl 127-128 163 H ethyl N-piperidinyl 111-113 164 H ethyl N-morpholinyl 108-109 165 H ethyl N(CH₃)₂ >200 166 H ethyl NH-(4-F-benzyl) 110-112 167 H 2-fluoroethyl ethyl 100 168 H ethyl propyl  82-84 169 H ethyl pentyl  71-73 170 H ethyl phenyl 104-106 171 H ethyl cyclohexyl  94-100 172 H ethyl cyclopropyl  98-100 173 H ethyl isopropyl  85-88 174 H ethyl sec-butyl 210-211 175 H H ethyl 121-125 176 H 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl ethyl  91-94 177 H cyclopropylbutyl ethyl 111-114 178 H 4-fluorobutyl ethyl 105 179 H isobutyl ethyl  98-102 180 H methyl ethyl 107-111 181 H benzyl ethyl  93-96 182 H 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl ethyl 116-120

Example 183 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 2×25 cm column with 20% EtOH in hexane to give the title products: (A) (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one, mp 114-116° C.; MS (ES) m/z 452.1 [M+H] and (B) (5R)-2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one, mp 114-117° C.; MS (ES) m/z 452.1 [M+H].

Example 184 Preparation of Methyl 4-{(4S)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (A) and Methyl 4-{(4R)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (B)

A racemic mixture of methyl 4-{2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 2×25 cm column with 15% EtOH in hexane to give the title products: (A) Methyl 4-{(4S)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate, mp 111-113° C.; [α]_(D) ²⁵=−65.6° (c=1% solution, MeOH); MS (APPI) m/z 472 [M+H]⁺ and (B) methyl 4-{(4R)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-20 (2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate, mp 110-114° C.; [α]_(D) ²⁵=+68.2° (c=1% solution, MeOH); MS (APPI) m/z 472 [M+H]⁺.

Example 185 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 2×25 cm column with 20% EtOH in hexane to give the title product, mp 94-97° C.; [α]_(D) ²⁵=−68.85° (c=5.47 MG/0.7 ML, MeOH); MS (ES) m/z 432.1[M+H]⁺.

Example 186 Preparation of Methyl 4-{(4S)-2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl-}-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate

A racemic mixture of methyl 4-{2-amino-4-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 2×25 cm column with 20% EtOH in hexane to give the title product, mp 114-117° C.; [α]_(D) ²⁵=−63.2° (c=1% solution, MeOH); MS (APPI) m/z 454 [M+H]⁺.

Example 187 Preparation of (5S)-5-(5-Acetyl-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A racemic mixture of 5-(5-acetyl-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 2×25 cm column with 20% EtOH in hexane to give the title product, mp 109-111° C.; [α]_(D) ²⁵=−60.6°, (c=8.85 MG/0.885 ML, MeOH); MS (ES) m/z 418.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 188 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step 1: 4-Iodo-2-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrole

A solution of 2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrole (0.3 g, 2.06 mmol) in DMF at −10° C. was treated with N-iodosuccinimide (0.49 g, 2.17 mmol), stirred at −10° C. for 3.5 h, poured into CH₂Cl₂, washed sequentially with 20% Na₂CO₃ and brine. The organic phase was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatography of the resultant residue (silica gel, 5%-40% EtOAc-hexanes as eluent) yielded 0.14 gm (25% yield) of a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 3.09 (s, 3H), 6.93 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 2.5 Hz), 7.03 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 2.8 Hz).

Step 2: 1-Ethyl-4-iodo-2-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrole

A solution of 4-iodo-2-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrole (0.14 g, 0.52 mmol) in DMF was treated with Cs₂CO₃ (0.84 g, 2.58 mmol) and ethyl iodide (0.161 g, 1.03 mmol). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed sequentially with water and brine. The organic phase was separated, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatography of the resultant residue (silica gel, 10%-30% EtOAc-hexanes as eluent) yielded an oil; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 1.47 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.09 (s, 3H), 4.26 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 6.90 (m, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H).

Step 3: 4-(3-Bromo-4-fluoro-phenylethynyl)-1-ethyl-2-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrole

A solution of 1-ethyl-4-iodo-2-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrole (0.28 g, 0.94 mmol) in DMF was treated with dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium(II) (0.033 g, 0.05 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.0054 g, 0.028 mmol) and triethylamine (0.68 mL, 4.9 mmol), treated dropwise with a solution of 2-bromo-4-ethynyl-1-fluorobenzene (0.28 g, 1.4 mmol) in DMF, stirred at room temperature for 18 h, poured into EtOAc and washed sequentially with water and brine. The organic phase is separated, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatography of the resultant residue (silica gel, 2%-20% EtOAC-hexanes as eluent) yielded an oil; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 1.50 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.12 (s, 3H), 4.28 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 7.01 (d, 1H, J=1.8 Hz), 7.07 (t, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.12 (d, 1H, J=1.8 Hz), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.66 (dd, 1H, J=2.1, 6.6 Hz).

Step 4: 1-(3-Bromo-4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-(1-ethyl-5-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-ethane-1,2-dione

A solution of 4-(3-bromo-4-fluoro-phenylethynyl)-1-ethyl-2-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrole (0.35 g, 0.93 mmol) in acetone was treated with NaHCO₃ (0.047 g, 0.56 mmol) and MgSO₄ (0.17 g, 1.4 mmol), treated with KMnO₄ (0.32 g, 2.05 mmol) and water, stirred at room temperature for 2 h and fitered. The filtercake was washed with EtOAC, dried overnight and washed with EtOAc a second time. The combined filtrates were washed with H₂O and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to yield 0.32 gm (86% yield) of an oil. This was used as is in Step 5.

Step 5: 2-Amino-5-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-5-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one

A solution of 1-(3-bromo-4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-(1-ethyl-5-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-ethane-1,2-dione (0.32 g, 0.79 mmol) in dioxane and EtOH was treated with N-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.17 g, 1.6 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (0.18 g, 1.66 mmol), heated to 105° C. for 18 h and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with H₂O and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to dryness at reduced pressure. Chromatography of this residue (silica gel, EtOAc and 1%-2% MeOH-EtOAc as eluent) yielded a solid; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 1.44 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.97 (brs, 2H), 4.21 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 6.85 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 6.90 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.06 (t, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.77 (dd, 1H, J=2.3, 6.6 Hz).

Step 6: 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A degassed solution of dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium(II) (0.016 g, 0.023 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.012 g, 0.046 mmol) in 2.0 mL of 50:50 EtOH-toluene was treated with Na₂CO₃ (0.19 g, 1.8 mmol), 2-fluoropyrinine-3-boronic acid (0.097 g, 0.69 mmol) and a solution of 2-amino-5-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-5-methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (0.21 g, 0.46 mmol) in 1 mL of degassed 50:50 EtOH-toluene, stirred at 100° C. for 18 h and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with H₂O and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to dryness at reduced pressure. Chromatography of the resultant residue (silica gel, EtOAc and 1%-4% MeOH-EtOAc as eluent) yielded the title product, 0.16 gm (74% yield) as a light yellow solid mp 193-195° C. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 1.27 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.91 (s, 3H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 4.21 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 6.63 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.06 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.27 (t, 1H, J=9.3 Hz), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 8.27 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 474.1 ([M+H])⁺; MS (ESI) m/z 472.1 ([M−H])⁻.

Examples 189-199 Preparation of Methyl 4-[2-amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-heteroarylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 188, Step 6, and employing 4-[2-amino-4-(4-bromo-phenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester as substrate and the appropriate heteroarylboronic acid, the compounds shown on Table XIV were obtained and identified by HNMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XIV

Ex. mp No. R7 (° C.) (M + H)⁺ 189 pyrimidin-5-yl 181-184 435.1 190 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 100 452.1 191 6-fluoropyridin-3-yl 206-210 454.1 192 2,5-difluorophenyl 166-170 471.1 193 3,5-difluorophenyl 173-176 471.1 194 3-cyanophenyl  98-101 460.1 195 5-cyano-2-fluorophenyl 147-150 478.1 196 3-methoxyphenyl 121-124 465.5 197 3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl 154-157 503.1 198 3,4-difluorophenyl 125-128 471.1 199 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl 137-140 479.1

Example 200 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Step a) Preparation of 1-[4-Iodo-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-yl)-propan-1-one

A mixture of 1-(4-Iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-yl)-propan-1-one (3.8 g, 15.3 mmol), 2-Iodo-1,1,1-trifluoroethane (3.83 g, 18.3 mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (5.96 g, 183 mmol) in 20 ml DMF is heated with stirring to 60° C. for until the reaction is finished (TLC). The mixture then is cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water (200 ml) and ether (100 ml), the ether phase is separated and dried with MgSO₄. The product is purified by flash chromatography with solvent EtOAc/hexane (10/90) to afford the product as an oil which solidified upon standing 1.8 g (35%). ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆): δ (ppm) 1.00 (t, 3H), 2.79 (q, 2H), 5.29 (q, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H).

Step b) Preparation of 1-(3-bromo-phenyl)-2-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-yl]-ethane-1,2-dione

A mixture of 1-[4-Iodo-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-yl)-propan-1-one (4.8 g, 0.145 mol), 1-bromo-3-ethynyl-benzene (2.62 g, 0.145 mol) CuI (137 mg, 0.725 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (670 mg, 0.58 mmol) in a mixture of triethylamine (50 ml) and acetonitrile (20 ml) is heated to reflux for 2 hours before cooled down to room temperature. The volatile solvent is removed under reduced pressure, and the residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 ml) and water (200 ml). The organic phase is dried with MgSO₄ and is purified by flash chromatography with EtOAc/hexane (10/90-20/80) as eluent to afford the alkyne product as a yellow solid 4.6 g (82%). This solid stirred with KMnO₄ (4.73 g, 2.5 mol), NaHCO₃ (604 mg, 7.2 mmol) and MgSO₄ (2.16 g, 18 mmol) in a mixture of acetone (200 ml) and water (100 ml) at room temperature for two hours. The mixture is extracted with ether (2×50 ml) to afford the product as a yellow oil 4.5 g (90%). ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆): δ (ppm) 1.03 (t, 3H), 2.92 (q, 2H), 5.38 (q, 2H) 7.56 (t, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H).

Step c) Preparation of 2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 1-(3-bromo-phenyl)-2-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-pyrrole-3-yl]-ethane-1,2-dione (4.5 g, 0.0108 mol), methylguanidine (2.36 g, 0.0216 mol) and sodium carbonate (2.28 g, 0.0216 mol) in 100 ml ethanol is heated to reflux for three hours. The solvent is evaporated to dryness and the residue is flash chromatographed on silica gel with eluent EtOAc/Ethanol (containing 2 mol ammonia) to afford the product 3.8 gram (75%) as an off-white solid, mp 100-102° C., MS (+) ES 471 [M+H]⁺.

Step d) Preparation of 2-amino-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 2-amino-5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (471 mg, 1 mmol), (2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (280 mg, 2 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ (35 mg, 0.05 mmol), PPh₃ (26.1 mg, 0.1 mmol) and sodium carbonate (315 mg, 3 mmol) in a mixture of toluene/ethanol (50/50) (30 ml) is heated to 110° C. for three hours. The cooled mixture is partitioned between methelene chloride (50 ml) and water (150 ml), the organic phase is separated and dried with MgSO₄. The product is purified by flash chromatography with solvent EtOAc/Ethanol (containing 2.0M ammonia) (90/10) to afford the title product as a white solid, 430 mg (89% yield), mp 108-110° C., MS (+) ES 488 [M+H]⁺.

Examples 201-208 Preparation of 2-amino-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(heteroaryl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 200 and employing the appropriately substituted bromoethynylbenzene and a suitable heteroaryl- or arylboronic acid, the compounds shown in Table XV were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XV

Ex. mp No R7 R8 ° C. M + H 201 pyrimidin-5-yl H 135-137 471.2 202 3-methoxyphenyl H 103-105 499.1 203 3,5-difluorophenyl H 104-106 505.1 204 3-chlorophenyl H 108-110 503.1 205 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl H 107-108 521.0 206 3-cyanophenyl H 112-114 494.1 207 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl F 122-124 506.1 208 pyrimidin-5-yl F 225-226 489.2

Examples 209-212 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-carbonyl-1-substituted-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 200 and employing the appropriately substituted iodopyrrole, the compounds shown in Table XVI were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XVI

Ex. mp No R R″ ° C. 209 3-fluoropropyl H 202-204 210 3-fluoropropyl methyl 218-221 211 H ethyl — 212 2,2-difluoroethyl ethyl —

Example 213 Preparation of 5-[5-acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 200 and employing the appropriately substituted iodopyrrole and 3-hydroxyphenylethyne, the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 214 Preparation of 3-[(3-{4-[5-Acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenoxy)methyl]benzamide

A mixture of 5-[5-acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one, 3-(chloromethyl)benzamide, sodium iodide, and cesium carbonate in dimethylformamide was heated to 45° C. for 16 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The resultant residue was purified by HPLC using a CN bonded phase preparative column and by precipitation from hexane to give the title product as a white solid, identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 215 Preparation of 5-[5-Acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-3-methyl-5-[3-(2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example T′ and employing 2-chloro-1-morpholinoethanone, the title compound was obtained as a white solid, identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 216 Preparation of 4-{2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-[3-(phenylethynyl)phenyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 200 and employing 4-{2-amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde and phenylethyneboronic acid, the title compound was obtained as a white solid, mp 85-90° C., identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 217 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(methoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A solution of 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde in dry ethanol was treated with 2 equivalents of sodium borohydride at 0° C., allowed to come to room temperature, quenched with water and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The resultant residue is dispersed in water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts are combined, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was dissolved in 0.5M methanolic HCl, stirred overnight and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. This residue was dissolved in chloroform, washed with dilute sodium bicarbonate, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was purified using flash chromatography and was crystallized from ethylacetate/hexane to give the title compound as a solid, mp 154-157° C., identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Examples 218-221 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(alkoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 217 and employing the desired alcohol, R″OH, the compounds shown in Table XVii were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XVII

Ex. mp No R″ ° C. 218 ethyl 135-141 219 propyl 128-131 220 isopropyl 126-128 221 n-butyl —

Example 222 Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde oxime

A solution of 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde in dry tetrahydrofuran was treated with 1.1 equivalent of hydroxylamine hydrochloride, warmed to 45° C. for 2 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was dissolved in chloroform, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. This residue was purified by HPLC (CN bonded stationary phase, gradient 30% to 60% of (20% MeOH/methylene chloride) and hexane to afford the title compound as a white amorphous solid, mp 119-123° C., identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 223 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 217 and employing phenolic HCl in step 2, the title compound was obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 1.04 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.88 (s, 3H), 3.66 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.67 (s, 2H), 5.60 (d, 1H, J=1.9 Hz), 6.52 (d, 2H, J=1.9 Hz), 6.61 (d, 2H, J=8.5 hZ), 6.68 (d, 2H, J=8.5 hZ), 7.38-7.52 (series of m, 4H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.94 (m, 1H), and 8.20 (m, 1H).

Example 224 Preparation of (5S)-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-(1-ethyl-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one is chirally separated on Chiralcel AD, 50×5 cm, mobile phase 100% ethanol, [α]₂₅=−75 (1% DMSO) the S enantiomer title product A is obtained as a white solid, mp 108-110° C., MS (+) ES 488 [M+H]⁺ and, using mobile phase 100% ethanol, [α]₂₅=+71.8 (1% DMSO), the R enantiomer title product B is obtained as a white solid, mp 108-110° C., MS (+) ES 488 [M+H]⁺.

Example 225 Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

Step a-1) Preparation of 4-(3-Bromo-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

The dimethylformamide was vigorously deoxygenated with nitrogen gas before use in this reaction. To a solution of 2-cyano-4-iodopyrrole (2.30 g, 10.52 mmol) in dimethylformamide was added dichloropalladium(II) bistriphenylphosphine (185 mg), copper(I) iodide (50 mg) and finally triethylamine (3.85 mL). After stirring ten minutes, 1-bromo-3-ethynyl-benzene (2.38 g, 13.15 mmol) was added. This mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere.

The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 2% aqueous lithium chloride and 5% aqueous sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to afford 4-(3-bromo-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile as a yellow solid, 2.84 g, 99% yield.

Step a-2) Preparation of 4-[2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-oxo-acetyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

A solution of 4-(3-bromo-phenylethynyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile (2.85 g, 10.52 mmol) in acetone was treated with a 45° C. solution of magnesium sulfate (1.90 g, 15.78 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.53 g, 6.31 mmol) in water, immediately treated with KMnO₄ (3.74 g, 23.67 mmol), stirred for 15 minutes (TLC (silica gel, 25% ethyl acetate/hexane) indicated complete clean conversion), diluted with EtOAc and washed with water until the washings were colorless. The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was crystallized to purity from warm ethyl acetate/hexane to afford 4-[2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-oxo-acetyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile as a yellow crystalline solid, 2.68 g, 84% yield.

Step b) Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

A mixture of 4-[2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-oxo-acetyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile (2.73 g, 9.0 mmol) and methyl guanidine hydrochloride (1.972 g, 18.0 mmol) in dioxane/ethanol (40 mL/20 mL) was treated with a solution of sodium carbonate (1.91 g, 18.0 mmol) in water. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for ten hours (TLC indicated complete conversion to one more polar material), concentrated in vacuo and redissolved in 5% methanol/chloroform. This solution was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5% methanol/chloroform as eluent) to give 4-[2-amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile as a beige glass, 2.40 g (74.5% yield).

Step c-1) Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

To a solution of 4-[2-amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile (0.50 g, 1.40 mmol) in dimethylformamide was added cesium carbonate (0.639 g, 1.96 mmol) and methyl iodide (96 μL, 1.54 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature while protected from moisture, diluted with chloroform and washed well with water. The organic phase was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered through a short column of silica gel and evaporated to afford the desired compound as a tan solid, 0.524 g (quantitative yield).

Step c-2) Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

The toluene/ethanol (1/1) solvent mixture was deoxygenated vigorously with nitrogen gas prior to using in this reaction. A mixture of 4-[2-amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile (173 mg, 0.465 mmol), sodium carbonate (148 mg, 1.394 mmol), pyrimidine-5-boronic acid (86.4 mg, 0.697 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (27 mg, 0.023 mmol) in toluene/ethanol (1/1) solvent mixture (10 mL) was heated in a 100° C. oil bath for eight hours. TLC (5% methanol/chloroform) shows complete conversion to a new material. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue dissolved in chloroform and washed with water. The organic phase was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was purified by HPLC (Luna CN column, normal mobile phase). Crystallization from warm ethyl acetate/hexane afforded the title product as a pure crystalline material, mp 214-225° C.; MS (ES) m/z 370.1.

Examples 226-232 Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-(3-heteroarylphenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-alkyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 225 and employing the appropriate alkyl iodide and a suitable heteroarylboronic acid, the compounds shown on Table XVIII were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XVIII

Ex. mp MS No R R7 ° C. m/z 226 CH₃ 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 213-220 387.1 227 CH₃ 2-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl >225 421.0 228 CH₂CH₂F pyrimidin-5-yl 193-194 402.1 229 propyl pyrimidin-5-yl 165-166 — 230 propyl 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 187-188 — 231 CH₂CH₂F 2-fluoropyridin-3-yl 175-177 — 232 propyl 2-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl 132-134 —

Example 233 Preparation of 4-[2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

Step a) Preparation of 4-[(3-Bromophenyl)ethynyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

A solution of 4-iodo-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (0.50 g; 2.262 mmol) and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium-(II)chloride (0.079 g; 0.113 mmol)) in DMF (15 mL; degassed with nitrogen for 30 minutes) was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 minutes. Then the following were added: 1-bromo-3-ethynylbenzene (0.61 g; 3.394 mmol), copper iodide (43 mg; 0.226), and triethylamine (1.58 mL, 11.3 mmol). The course of the reaction was followed with TLC (4:1, hexane:ethyl acetate). After 2 hours the reaction mixture was diluted with water and the organic material was extracted into dichloromethane. The organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 3:1 hexane:ethyl acetate to yield 0.58 g (93%) of the title compound as a yellow crystalline solid, mp 152-156° C.; MS (ES) m/z 272.0, [M−H]−.

Step b) Preparation of 4-[(3-Bromophenyl)(oxo)acetyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

To DMSO was added 4-[(3-bromophenyl)ethynyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (1.50 g; 5.47 mmol), and palladium(II) chloride (97 mg; 0.547 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 140° C. for one hour. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with water. The product was extracted into chloroform and dried over MgSO₄. The resulting solid was chromatographed on silica gel using 7:3 hexane:ethyl acetate to give 1.21 g of the title compound as a greenish crystalline solid (72% yield), mp 202-203° C.; MS (ES) m/z 304.0, [M−H]−.

Step c) Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

To a solution of 4-[(3-bromophenyl)(oxo)acetyl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (0.10 g; 0.32 mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.038 g; 0.359 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL), was added 1-methylguanidine hydrochloride (0.039 g; 0.359 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85° C. for four hours. The ethanol was evaporated and the residue was taken up in chloroform and washed twice with water. The solution was dried over MgSO₄, filtered and evaporated. The product was crystallized by cooling a hot, saturated ethyl acetate solution to give the title compound, 0.085 g (72% yield), mp 142-151° C.; MS (ES) m/z 361.0, [M+H]+.

Step d) Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

In DMF, (7 mL) is dissolved 4-[2-amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (1.50 g; 4.15 mmol). To this solution is added cesium carbonate (1.35 g; 4.15 mmol) and iodoethane (0.43 mL; 5.4 mmol), and the mixture is stirred for 20 hours at room temperature. The mixture is diluted to 50 mL with chloroform, washed twice with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was crystallized in ethyl acetate to give the title product as light-brown crystals, 1.18 g (73% yield), mp 194-195° C.; MS (ES) m/z 387.0, [M−H]−.

Step e) Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

A 1:1 mixture of toluene and ethanol was sparged with nitrogen for 30 minutes. To the solvent was added 4-[2-amino-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (1.10 g; 3.04 mmol), 2-fluoro-3-pyridineboronic acid (0.69 g; 4.9 mmol), sodium carbonate (1.03 g; 9.75 mmol), and tetrakis[triphenylphosphine]-palladium(0) (0.53 g; 0.46 mmol). This mixture was heated at reflux temperature for three hours. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was crystallized in CHCl₃ and water to give the title as grey crystals, 0.91 g (74% yield),

mp 198-201° C.; MS (ES) m/z 406.2, [M+H]+.

Example 234 Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 233 and employing 2-fluoroethyl iodide as reagent, the title compound was obtained, mp 218-221° C.; MS (APPI) m/z 424, [M+H]+.

Example 235 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[5-[(diethylamino)methyl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

To a glass tube was added methanol (0.5 mL), 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (0.05 g; 0.12 mmol), diethylamine (43 μL; 0.41 mmol), and 1.8 mL of a methanolic solution of ZnCl₂ (0.1 M), and NaBH₃CN (0.2 M). The mixture was stirred 24 hours at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in chloroform, washed with 0.1 N NaOH solution, dried over MgSO₄, and evaporated to give the title compound as an amorphous white solid, 0.021 g (37% yield), mp 121-140° C.; MS (ES) m/z 479.2, [M−H]−.

Examples 236-238 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[5-[(substitutedamino)methyl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Compounds

Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 235 and employing the appropriate amine, the compounds shown on Table XIX were obtained and identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

TABLE XIX

Ex. mp MS No R′ R″ ° C. m/z 236 H isopropyl  98-99 465.2 237 —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂— 110-120 477.2 238 CH₃ CH₃ 118-121 451.1

Example 239 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(hydroxymethyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A solution of 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (0.071 g; 0.25 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and methanol (5 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature as an excess of NaBH₄ (0.071 g; 1.88 mmol) was added. After one hour the solvents were evaporated and the residue was taken up into dichloromethane and washed with water. The dichloromethane phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated. The resultant residue was crystallized from ethyl acetate and hexane to obtain the title product as a white solid, mp 170-172° C.; MS (ES) m/z 406.1; [M−H]

Example 240 Preparation of 2-Amino-5-[1-ethyl-5-(1-hydroxypropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A mixture of 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (0.10 g; 0.25 mmol) in THF (5 mL; anhydrous) was stirred and cooled to −15° C. To this was added an excess of EtMgBr (3.1 eq; 0.25 mL of 3.0 M solution in hexane), dropwise. The mixture was stirred at −15° C. for one hour. The reaction was worked up by carefully adding 1.0 mL of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, diluting with dichloromethane (30 mL) and washing with water. The organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered and evaporated. Two products were separated from the crude mixture by chromatography on silica gel. The column was eluted with a chloroform/methanol mixture on a gradient (9:1 through 7:3). The more polar product was isolated and crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexane to give the title product as white crystals, 0.05 g (46% yield), mp 115-121° C.; MS (ES) m/z 434.2; [M−H]−

Example 241 Preparation of 4-[2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde O-methyloxime hydrochloride

A stirred suspension of 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (0.10 g; 0.25 mmol), in THF (5 mL), was added methoxylamine hydrochloride (0.021 g; 0.25 eq). The mixture was stirred at reflux temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with water. The dichloromethane solution was dried over MgSO₄, filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was crystallized from ethyl acetate and hexane to yield the title compound, 0.069 g (64% yield), mp 190-193° C., MS (ES) m/z 433.1; [M−H]

Example 242 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2,5-difluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2,5-difluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[3-(2,5-difluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 0.46×25 cm (column) with mobile phase 8:2 hexane:isopropanol (0.1% diethylamine) to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 470; [α]=−72.2 (1% solution in MeOH) and

B (5R) isomer, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 470; [α]=+77.2 (1% solution in MeOH).

Example 243 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[5-(cyclopropylcarbonyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihdro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[5-(cyclopropylcarbonyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[5-(cyclopropylcarbonyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 5×25 cm (column) with mobile phase 22% EtOH in hexane to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.9 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H), 1.1 (m. 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4.1 (q, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 3H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 446; [α]=−73 (1% solution in MeOH); and B (5R) isomer, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.9 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H), 1.1 (m. 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4.1 (q, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 3H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 446; [α]=+70.4 (1% solution in MeOH).

Example 244 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 0.46×10 cm (column) with mobile phase 100% EtOH with 0.1% DEA to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.19 (dt, J=4.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.61-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.88 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 423; [α]=−78.6 (1% solution in MeOH); and B (5R) isomer, ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.19 (dt, J=4.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.61-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.88 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); ESI MS m/z 423; [α]=+71.8 (1% solution in MeOH).

Example 245 Preparation of (5R)-2-Amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5S)-2-Amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-5-(5-propionyl-3-thienyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD, 0.46×10 cm (column) with mobile phase 12% IPA with DEA in CO₂ to give the title products: A (5R) isomer, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 328; [α]=+74.8 (1% solution in MeOH); and B (5S) isomer, ¹H NMR (DMSOd₆ 300 MHz) δ 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.76 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.6 (brs, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H); MS m/e (M+H)⁺ 328; [α]=−76 (1% solution in MeOH).

Example 246 Preparation of (5S)-5-[5-Acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-5-[5-Acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 5-[5-acetyl-1-(3-fluoropropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, [α]D₂₅=−64.20° (c=5.3 MG/0.7 ML, MeOH); MS (APPI) m/z 452; and B (5R) isomer, [α]D₂₅=+62.87° (c=5.5 MG/0.7 ML, MeOH); MS (APPI) m/z 452.

Example 247 Preparation of 4-{(4S)-2-Amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde

A racemic mixture of 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title product, identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses. [α]^(D) ₂₅=−73.0 (1% solution in DMSO).

Example 248 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[1-(3-fluoropropyl)-5-(2-oxopropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[1-(3-fluoropropyl)-5-(2-oxopropyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title product as a yellow solid, mp 147-150° C., identified by NMR and Mass spectral analyses. [α]^(D) ₂₅=−78.0 (1% solution in DMSO).

Example 249 Preparation of (5S)-5-(5-acetyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-5-(5-acetyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 5-(5-acetyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-2-amino-3-methyl-5-phenyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD column to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=−100.0 (1% solution in DMSO); MS (APPI) m/z 311; and B (5R) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=+90.0 (1% solution in DMSO); MS (APP I) m/z 311.

Example 250 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[1-(4-fluorobutyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[1-(4-fluorobutyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[1-(4-fluorobutyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one_was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD column to give the title products:

A (5S) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=−72.2° (c=1% solution MeOH); and B (5R) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=+74.0 (1% solution in DMSO). Both isomers were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 251 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD column to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, [α]D₂₅=−72.2° (c=1% solution MeOH); and B (5R) isomer, [α]D₂₅=+79.0 (1% solution in DMSO). Both isomers were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 252 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-propionyl-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD column to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=−62.50° (c=1% solution MeOH); and B (5R) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=+67.0 (1% solution in DMSO). Both isomers were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 253 Preparation of (5S)-2-Amino-5-[1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralcel AD column to give the title products: A (5S) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=−78.0 (1% solution in DMSO); and B (5R) isomer, [α]^(D) ₂₅=+66.0 (1% solution in DMSO). Both isomers were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 254 Preparation of (A) (5S)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R)-2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[3-(2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methyl-5-(5-propionyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralpak AD, 0.46×25 cm; mobile phase hexane/isopropanol 7/3 with 0.1% DEA and a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min to give the title enantiomeric products: A (5S) isomer, mp 99° C.; [α]_(D)=−78.4 (c 1.0, MeOH); m/e (M−H)⁻ 446.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.73 (t, 3H), 0.96 (t, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 6.60 (bs, 2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 3H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 8.19, (m, 1H) and

B: (5R) isomer,; mp 99° C.; [α]_(D)=+77.1 (c 1.0, MeOH); m/e (M−H)⁻ 446.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.73 (t, 3H), 0.96 (t, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 6.60 (bs, 2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 3H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.97 (m, 1H), 8.19, (m, 1H).

Example 255 Preparation of (5S) 2-Amino-5-[1-(3-fluoropropyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R) 2-Amino-5-[1-(3-fluoropropyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (B)

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[1-(3-fluoropropyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by HPLC using a Chiralpak AD, 0.46×25 cm column; mobile phase hexane/isopropanol 7/3 with 0.1% DEA and a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min to give the title enantiomeric products: A (5S) isomer, mp 102° C., [α]_(D)=−63.0 (c 1.0, MeOH); m/e (M−H)⁻ 464.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.97 (t, 3H), 1.96-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.68 (q, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 4.26 (m, 3H), 4.38 (m, 1H) 6.57 (bs, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.12, (m, 1H) and B (5R) isomer, mp 102° C.; [α]_(D)=+76.0 (c 1.0, MeOH); m/e (M−H)⁻ 464.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.97 (t, 3H), 1.96-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.68 (q, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 4.26 (m, 3H), 4.38 (m, 1H) 6.57 (bs, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.12, (m, 1H).

Example 256 Preparation of (5S) 2-Amino-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one (A) and (5R) 2-Amino-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H

A racemic mixture of 2-amino-5-[1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one was separated by chiral HPLC using a Chiralpak AD, 0.46×25 cm column, mobile phase hexane/isopropanol 7/3 with 0.1% DEA and a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min to give the title enantiomeric products: A (5S) isomer, mp 110° C.; [α]_(D)=−69.6 (c 1.0, MeOH); m/e (M−H)⁻ 450.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.81 (m, 1H), 0.95-0.97 (t, 3H), 1.20 (m, 1H), 2.70 (q, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 4.48-4.55 (m, 2H), 6.58 (bs, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.20, (m, 1H) and B (5R) isomer, mp 105° C., [α]_(D)=+82.6 (c 1.0, MeOH); m/e (M−H)⁻ 450.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.81 (m, 1H), 0.95-0.97 (t, 3H), 1.20 (m, 1H), 2.70 (q, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 4.48-4.55 (m, 2H), 6.58 (bs, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.20, (m, 1H).

Example 257 Preparation of Methyl 4-[(4S)-2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (A) and Methyl 4-{(4R)-2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (B)

A racemic mixture of methyl 4-{2-amino-4-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate_was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title enantiomeric products: A (5S) isomer, mp 174-176° C.; [α]_(D)=−68.00 (c 1.0, MeOH); and

B (5R) isomer, mpl 74-176° C., [α]_(D)=+60.2 (c 1.0, MeOH). Both isomers were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 258 Preparation of Methyl 4-[(4S)-2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (A) and Methyl 4-[(4R)-2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (B)

A racemic mixture of methyl 4-[2-amino-4-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate was separated by chiral HPLC to give the title enantiomeric products: A (5S) isomer, mp 128-131° C.; [α]_(D)=−65.00 (c 1.0, MeOH); and

B (5R) isomer, mp128-131° C., [α]_(D)=+73.20 (c 1.0, MeOH). Both isomers were identified by NMR and mass spectral analyses.

Example 259 Evaluation of BACE-1 Binding Affinity of Test Compounds

Fluorescent Kinetic Assays

Final Assay Conditions: 10 nM human BACE1 (or 10 nM Murine BACE1, 1.5 nM human BACE2), 25 μM substrate (WABC-6, MW 1549.6, from AnaSpec), Buffer: 50 mM Na-Acetate, pH 4.5, 0.05% CHAPS, 25% PBS, room temperature. Na-Acetate was from Aldrich, Cat.# 24, 124-5, CHAPS was from Research Organics, Cat. # 1304C 1×, PBS was from Mediatech (Cellgro), Cat# 21-031-CV, peptide substrate AbzSEVNLDAEFRDpa was from AnaSpec, Peptide Name: WABC-6 Determination of stock substrate (AbzSEVNLDAEFRDpa) concentration: ˜25 mM stock solution is made in DMSO using the peptide weight and MW, and diluted to ˜25 μM (1:1000) in 1×PBS. Concentration is determined by absorbance at 354 nm using an extinction coefficient ε of 18172 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹, the concentration of stock substrate is corrected, and the substrate stock stored in small aliquots in −80° C. [Substrate Stock]=ABS ^(354 nm)*10⁶/18172 (in mM) The extinction coefficient ε^(354 nm) was adapted from TACE peptide substrate, which had the same quencher-fluorophore pair.

Determination of Stock Enzyme Concentration: the stock concentration of each enzyme is determined by absorbance at 280 nm using an ε of 64150 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹ for hBACE1 and MuBACE1, 62870 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹ for hBACE2 in 6 M Guanidinium Hydrochloride (from Research Organics, Cat. # 5134G-2), pH ˜6. The extinction coefficient ε^(280 nm) for each enzyme was calculated based on known amino acid composition and published extinction coefficients for Trp (5.69 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹) and Tyr (1.28 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹) residues (Anal. Biochem. 182, 319-326).

Dilution and mixing steps: total reaction volume: 100 μL

2× inhibitor dilutions in buffer A(66.7 mM Na-Acetate, pH 4.5, 0.0667% CHAPS) were prepared,

4× enzyme dilution in buffer A(66.7 mM Na-Acetate, pH 4.5, 0.0667% CHAPS) were prepared,

100 μM substrate dilution in 1×PBS was prepared, and

50 μL 2× Inhibitor, 25 μL 100 μM substrate are added to each well of 96-well plate (from DYNEX Technologies, VWR #: 11311-046), immediately followed by 25 μL 4× enzyme (added to the inhibitor and substrate mix), and the fluorescence readings are initiated.

Fluorescence Readings: Readings at λ_(ex) 320 nm and λ_(em) 420 nm are taken every 40 sec for 30 min at room temperature and the linear slope for substrate cleavage rate (v_(i)) determined.

Calculation of % Inhibition: % Inhibition=100*(1−v _(i) v ₀) v_(i): substrate cleavage rate in the presence of inhibitor v₀: substrate cleavage rate in the absence of inhibitor IC₅₀ Determination: % Inhibition=((B*IC ₅₀ ^(n))+(100*I ₀ ^(n)))/(IC ₅₀ ^(n) +I ₀ ^(n)) (Model # 39 from LSW Tool Bar in Excel where B is the % inhibition from the enzyme control, which should be close to 0.) % Inhibition is plotted vs. Inhibitor Concentration (I₀) and the data fit to the above equation to obtain IC₅₀ value and Hill number (n) for each compound. Testing at least 10 different inhibitor concentrations is preferred.

Results are shown in Table XX.

-   -   For Table XX     -   A=0.01 μM-0.10 μM     -   B=0.11 μM-1.00 μM     -   C=>1.00 μM

TABLE XX Example BACE-1 No. IC₅₀ μM  1 B  2 B  3 A  4 A  5 A  6 A  7 B  8 B  9 A  10 A  11 B  12 A  13 A  14 B  16 B  18 B  19 B  20 A  21 B  22 B  23 B  24 A  25 A  26 B  27 B  29 A  31 B  32 A  33 A  34 A  35 B  36 C  37 A  38 B  39 A  40 A  41 B  42 A  43 A  44A C  44B A  45 A  46 A  52 B  53 B  54 B  55 B  58 C  59 C  68 A  69 A  70 B  71 B  73 C  74 C  75 C  76 C  77 C  78 C  82 A  83 A  84 B  85 B  86 B  87 A  88 B  89 B  92 C  93 C  94 A  97 A  98 A  99 A 100 A 101 A 102 A 103 A 104 A 105 A 106 A 107 A 108 A 109 C 110 B 111 B 114 A 116 A 118 A 119A A 119B B 120 — 121 A 122 A 123 A 124 B 125 A  26 B 127 B 128 C 129 B 130 B 131 A 132 A 133 A 134 B 135 B 136 B 137 A 138 A 139 B 140 A 141 B 143 B 144 B 147 C 148 B 149 A 150 B 151 A 152 A 153 A 154 A 155 A 156 A 157 A 158 A 159 B 160 A 161 B 162 B 163 A 164 A 165 B 166 B 167 A 168 A 169 A 170 A 171 A 172 A 173 A 174 A 176 A 177 A 178 A 179 A 180 A 181 A 182 A 183A A 183B C 184A A 184B B 185 A 186 A 187 A 188 A 189 A 190 A 191 A 192 A 193 A 194 A 195 A 196 A 197 A 198 A 199 B 200 A 201 A 202 A 203 A 204 A 205 A 206 A 207 A 208 A 224A A 224B C 225 B 226 B 227 B 228 B 229 A 230 A 231 A 232 B 233 A 234 A 235 C 236 C 237 C 238 B 239 A 240 B 241 A 242 A A 242 B C 243 A A 243 B C 244 A A 244 B B 247 A 248 A 249 A C 249 B C 250 A A 250 B C 251 A A 251 B C 252 A A 252 B C 253 A A 253 B C 254 A A 254 B C 255 A A 255 B C 256 A A 256 B C 257 A A 257 B B 258 A A 258 B C 

1. A compound of formula I

wherein W is CO, CS or CH₂; X is N, NR or CR₉; Y is N, NR or CR₁₀; Z is C, N, NR, CR₁₁ or CR₁₁R₁₂ with the proviso that at least two of X, Y or Z must be N or NR; m is 1 or 2; R is H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or ary(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each optionally substituted; R₁ and R₂ are each independently H, COR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅ or an optionally substituted C₁-C₄alkyl group; R₃ is H, OR₁₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each optionally substituted; R₄, R₅, R₉ and R₁₀ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅, COR₁₆, NR₁₇R₁₈, SO_(p)NR₁₉R₂₀ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally substituted; R₆ and R₈ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₁, NR₂₂R₂₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally substituted; R₇ is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group; R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₁, R₂₄, R₂₇, R₂₈ and R₂₉ are each independently H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or aryl group each optionally substituted; R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₃₀, R₃₁, R₃₂ and R₃₃ are each independently H, COR₃₄, SO_(p)R₃₅ or a C₁-C₄alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted or R₁₇, R₁₈; or R₁₉, R₂₀, or R₂₂, R₂₃, or R₂₅, R₂₆, or R₃₀, R₃₁, or R₃₂, R₃₃ may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S; R₃₄ is H, or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; and R₃₅ is a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; or a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein W is CO; X is CR₉; Y is N and Z is NR.
 3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein W is CO; X is N; Y is NR and Z is CR₁₁R₁₂.
 4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R₇ is optionally substituted pyridine or pyrimidine.
 5. The compound according to claim 2 wherein R is H or C₁-C₄alkyl and R₄ is CN or COR₁₆.
 6. The compound according to claim 2 wherein R₇ is optionally substituted pyridine or pyrimidine.
 7. The compound according to claim 3 wherein R₇ is optionally substituted pyridine or pyrimidine.
 8. The compound according to claim 6 wherein R₁ and R₂ are H; and R₃ is methyl,
 9. The compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of: 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[3-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro -4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro -4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 10. A method for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease in a patient in need thereof which comprises providing to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I

wherein W is CO, CS or CH₂; X is N, NR, or CR₉; Y is N, NR or CR₁₀; Z is C, N, NR, CR₁₁ or CR₁₁R₁₂ with the proviso that at least two of X, Y or Z must be N or NR; m is 1 or2; R is H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each optionally substituted; R₁ and R₂ are each independently H, COR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅ or an optionally substituted C₁-C₄alkyl group; R₃ is H, OR₁₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each optionally substituted; R₄, R₅, R₉ and R₁₀ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅, COR₁₆, NR₁₇R₁₈, SO_(p)NR₁₉R₂₀ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally substituted; R₆ and R₈ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₁, NR₂₂R₂₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally substituted; R₇ is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group; R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₁, R₂₄, R₂₇, R₂₈ and R₂₉ are each independently H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or aryl group each optionally substituted; R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₃₀, R₃₁, R₃₂ and R₃₃ are each independently H, COR₃₄, SO_(p)R₃₅ or a C₁-C₄alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted or R₁₇, R₁₈; or R₁₉, R₂₀, or R₂₂, R₂₃, or R₂₅, R₂₆, or R₃₀, R₃₁, or R₃₂, R₃₃ may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S; R₃₄ is H, or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; and R₃₅ is a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; or a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 11. The method according to claim 10 wherein Alzheimer's disease is characterized by the production of β-amyloid deposits or neurofibrillary tangles.
 12. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a compound of formula I

wherein W is CO, CS or CH₂; X is N, NR or CR₉; Y is N, NR or CR₁₀; Z is C, N, NR, CR₁₁ or CR₁₁R₁₂ with the proviso that at least two of X, Y or Z must be N or NR; m is 1 or2; R is H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each optionally substituted; R₁ and R₂ are each independently H, COR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅ or an optionally substituted C₁-C₄alkyl group; R₃ is H, OR₁₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl or aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl group each optionally substituted; R₄, R₅, R₉ and R₁₀ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₁₄, CO₂R₁₅, COR₁₆, NR₁₇R₁₈, SO_(p)NR₁₉R₂₀ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally substituted; R₆ and R₈ are each independently H, halogen, NO₂, CN, OR₂₁, NR₂₂R₂₃ or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl or C₃-C₈cycloalkyl group each optionally substituted; R₇ is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group; R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₁, R₂₄, R₂₇, R₂₈ and R₂₉ are each independently H or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or aryl group each optionally substituted; R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₃₀, R₃₁, R₃₂ and R₃₃ are each independently H, COR₃₄, SO_(p)R₃₅ or a C₁-C₄alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted or R₁₇, R₁₈; or R₁₉, R₂₀ or R₂₂, R₂₃, or R₂₅, R₂₆, or R₃₀, R₃₁, or R₃₂, R₃₃ may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S; R₃₄ is H, or a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; and R₃₅ is a C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group each optionally substituted; or a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 13. The composition according to claim 12 having a formula I compound wherein W is CO; X is CR₉; Y is N and Z is NR.
 14. The composition according to claim 12 having a formula I compound wherein W is CO; X is N; Y is NR and Z is CR₁₁R₁₂.
 15. The composition according to claim 13 having a formula I compound wherein R₇ is optionally substituted pyridine or pyrimidine.
 16. The composition according to claim 15 having a formula I compound wherein R is H or C₁-C₄alkyl; R₄ is COR₁₆; R₁ and R₂ are H; and R₃ is methyl.
 17. The composition according to claim 12 having a formula I compound selected from the group consisting of: 2-Amino-5-[3-(2fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3methyl-5-[3-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[5-methyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-isobutyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-5-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro -4H-imidazol-4-one; 2-Amino-5-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[4-fluoro-3-(2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)phenyl]-3-methyl-3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one; a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 18. The compound according to claim 1 wherein X is N or NR and Y is N or NR. 